Required. Contains at least one property called "action". "action" indicates the action that triggered the change. Each action also has a set of additional properties.
Adds a new marker to the given Range. If inFront is true, a front marker is defined, and the 'changeFrontMarker' event fires; otherwise, the 'changeBackMarker' event fires.
Adds a new marker to the given Range. If inFront is true, a front marker is defined, and the 'changeFrontMarker' event fires; otherwise, the 'changeBackMarker' event fires.
Returns the current value for tabs. If the user is using soft tabs, this will be a series of spaces (defined by getTabSize()); otherwise it's simply '\t'.
Returns the current value for tabs. If the user is using soft tabs, this will be a series of spaces (defined by getTabSize()); otherwise it's simply '\t'.
Reloads all the tokens on the current session. This function calls BackgroundTokenizer.start () to all the rows; it also emits the 'tokenizerUpdate' event.
Reloads all the tokens on the current session. This function calls BackgroundTokenizer.start () to all the rows; it also emits the 'tokenizerUpdate' event.
Removes the marker with the specified ID. If this marker was in front, the 'changeFrontMarker' event is emitted. If the marker was in the back, the 'changeBackMarker' event is emitted.
Removes the marker with the specified ID. If this marker was in front, the 'changeFrontMarker' event is emitted. If the marker was in the back, the 'changeBackMarker' event is emitted.
Converts characters coordinates on the screen to characters coordinates within the document. This takes into account code folding, word wrap, tab size, and any other visual modifications.
Converts characters coordinates on the screen to characters coordinates within the document. This takes into account code folding, word wrap, tab size, and any other visual modifications.
Pass in true to enable overwrites in your session, or false to disable.
Pass in true to enable overwrites in your session, or false to disable.
If overwrites is enabled, any text you enter will type over any text after it. If the value of overwrite changes, this function also emits the changeOverwrite event.
Set the number of spaces that define a soft tab; for example, passing in 4 transforms the soft tabs to be equivalent to four spaces. This function also emits the changeTabSize event.
Set the number of spaces that define a soft tab; for example, passing in 4 transforms the soft tabs to be equivalent to four spaces. This function also emits the changeTabSize event.
EditSession.setWrapLimitRange(Number min, Number max)
Sets the boundaries of wrap. Either value can be null to have an unconstrained wrap, or, they can be the same number to pin the limit. If the wrap limits for min or max are different, this method also emits the 'changeWrapMode' event.
Sets the boundaries of wrap. Either value can be null to have an unconstrained wrap, or, they can be the same number to pin the limit. If the wrap limits for min or max are different, this method also emits the 'changeWrapMode' event.
Required. An object which contains one property, text, that represents the text to be pasted. Editing this property will alter the text that is pasted.
Returns true if the behaviors are currently enabled. "Behaviors" in this case is the auto-pairing of special characters, like quotation marks, parenthesis, or brackets.
Returns true if the behaviors are currently enabled. "Behaviors" in this case is the auto-pairing of special characters, like quotation marks, parenthesis, or brackets.
Specifies whether to use behaviors or not. "Behaviors" in this case is the auto-pairing of special characters, like quotation marks, parenthesis, or brackets.
Specifies whether to use behaviors or not. "Behaviors" in this case is the auto-pairing of special characters, like quotation marks, parenthesis, or brackets.
Pass in true to enable overwrites in your session, or false to disable. If overwrites is enabled, any text you enter will type over any text after it. If the value of overwrite changes, this function also emits the changeOverwrite event.
Pass in true to enable overwrites in your session, or false to disable. If overwrites is enabled, any text you enter will type over any text after it. If the value of overwrite changes, this function also emits the changeOverwrite event.
Specifies whether to use wrapping behaviors or not, i.e. automatically wrapping the selection with characters such as brackets
when such a character is typed in.
Specifies whether to use wrapping behaviors or not, i.e. automatically wrapping the selection with characters such as brackets
when such a character is typed in.
Welcome to the Ace API Reference Guide. Ace is a standalone code editor written in JavaScript that you can embed onto any website. We're used in a bunch of places already, like GitHub, Google, and Facebook.
On the left, you'll find a list of all of our currently documented classes. There are plenty more to do, but these represent the "core" set. For more information on how to work with Ace, check out the main Ace website.
This object is used in various places to indicate a region within the editor. To better visualize how this works, imagine a rectangle. Each quadrant of the rectangle is analogous to a range, as ranges contain a starting row and starting column, and an ending row, and ending column.
Searches for options.needle. If found, this method returns the Range where the text first occurs. If options.backwards is true, the search goes backwards in the session.
Searches for options.needle. If found, this method returns the Range where the text first occurs. If options.backwards is true, the search goes backwards in the session.
Searches for all occurances options.needle. If found, this method returns an array of Ranges where the text first occurs. If options.backwards is true, the search goes backwards in the session.
Searches for all occurances options.needle. If found, this method returns an array of Ranges where the text first occurs. If options.backwards is true, the search goes backwards in the session.
(String): If options.regExp is true, this function returns input with the replacement already made. Otherwise, this function just returns replacement.
If options.needle was not found, this function returns null.
Contains the cursor position and the text selection of an edit session.
The row/columns used in the selection are in document coordinates representing the coordinates as they appear in the document before applying soft wrap and folding.
Selection.moveCursorTo(Number row, Number column, Boolean keepDesiredColumn)
Moves the cursor to the row and column provided. If preventUpdateDesiredColumn is true, then the cursor stays in the same column position as its original point.
Moves the cursor to the row and column provided. If preventUpdateDesiredColumn is true, then the cursor stays in the same column position as its original point.
Selection.moveCursorToScreen(Number row, Number column, Boolean keepDesiredColumn)
Moves the cursor to the screen position indicated by row and column. If preventUpdateDesiredColumn is true, then the cursor stays in the same column position as its original point.
Moves the cursor to the screen position indicated by row and column. If preventUpdateDesiredColumn is true, then the cursor stays in the same column position as its original point.
Tokenizes all the items from the current point until the next row in the document. If the current point is at the end of the file, this function returns null. Otherwise, it returns the tokenized string.
Tokenizes all the items from the current point until the next row in the document. If the current point is at the end of the file, this function returns null. Otherwise, it returns the tokenized string.
Returns the index of the first fully visible row. "Fully" here means that the characters in the row are not truncated; that the top and the bottom of the row are on the screen.
Returns the index of the first fully visible row. "Fully" here means that the characters in the row are not truncated; that the top and the bottom of the row are on the screen.
Returns the index of the last fully visible row. "Fully" here means that the characters in the row are not truncated; that the top and the bottom of the row are on the screen.
Returns the index of the last fully visible row. "Fully" here means that the characters in the row are not truncated; that the top and the bottom of the row are on the screen.
require("ace/ext/old_ie");
// now ace will work even on ie7!
var editor = ace.edit("editor");
================================================
FILE: demo/keyboard_shortcuts.html
================================================
Editor
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/demo.js
================================================
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Distributed under the BSD license:
*
* Copyright (c) 2010, Ajax.org B.V.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* * Neither the name of Ajax.org B.V. nor the
* names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL AJAX.ORG B.V. BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
define(function(require, exports, module) {
"use strict";
require("ace/lib/fixoldbrowsers");
require("ace/multi_select");
require("ace/ext/spellcheck");
require("./inline_editor");
require("./dev_util");
require("./file_drop");
var config = require("ace/config");
config.init();
var env = {};
var dom = require("ace/lib/dom");
var net = require("ace/lib/net");
var lang = require("ace/lib/lang");
var useragent = require("ace/lib/useragent");
var event = require("ace/lib/event");
var theme = require("ace/theme/textmate");
var EditSession = require("ace/edit_session").EditSession;
var UndoManager = require("ace/undomanager").UndoManager;
var HashHandler = require("ace/keyboard/hash_handler").HashHandler;
var Renderer = require("ace/virtual_renderer").VirtualRenderer;
var Editor = require("ace/editor").Editor;
var whitespace = require("ace/ext/whitespace");
var doclist = require("./doclist");
var modelist = require("ace/ext/modelist");
var themelist = require("ace/ext/themelist");
var layout = require("./layout");
var TokenTooltip = require("./token_tooltip").TokenTooltip;
var util = require("./util");
var saveOption = util.saveOption;
var fillDropdown = util.fillDropdown;
var bindCheckbox = util.bindCheckbox;
var bindDropdown = util.bindDropdown;
var ElasticTabstopsLite = require("ace/ext/elastic_tabstops_lite").ElasticTabstopsLite;
var IncrementalSearch = require("ace/incremental_search").IncrementalSearch;
var workerModule = require("ace/worker/worker_client");
if (location.href.indexOf("noworker") !== -1) {
workerModule.WorkerClient = workerModule.UIWorkerClient;
}
/*********** create editor ***************************/
var container = document.getElementById("editor-container");
// Splitting.
var Split = require("ace/split").Split;
var split = new Split(container, theme, 1);
env.editor = split.getEditor(0);
split.on("focus", function(editor) {
env.editor = editor;
updateUIEditorOptions();
});
env.split = split;
window.env = env;
var consoleEl = dom.createElement("div");
container.parentNode.appendChild(consoleEl);
consoleEl.style.cssText = "position:fixed; bottom:1px; right:0;\
border:1px solid #baf; z-index:100";
var cmdLine = new layout.singleLineEditor(consoleEl);
cmdLine.editor = env.editor;
env.editor.cmdLine = cmdLine;
env.editor.showCommandLine = function(val) {
this.cmdLine.focus();
if (typeof val == "string")
this.cmdLine.setValue(val, 1);
};
/**
* This demonstrates how you can define commands and bind shortcuts to them.
*/
env.editor.commands.addCommands([{
name: "gotoline",
bindKey: {win: "Ctrl-L", mac: "Command-L"},
exec: function(editor, line) {
if (typeof line == "object") {
var arg = this.name + " " + editor.getCursorPosition().row;
editor.cmdLine.setValue(arg, 1);
editor.cmdLine.focus();
return;
}
line = parseInt(line, 10);
if (!isNaN(line))
editor.gotoLine(line);
},
readOnly: true
}, {
name: "snippet",
bindKey: {win: "Alt-C", mac: "Command-Alt-C"},
exec: function(editor, needle) {
if (typeof needle == "object") {
editor.cmdLine.setValue("snippet ", 1);
editor.cmdLine.focus();
return;
}
var s = snippetManager.getSnippetByName(needle, editor);
if (s)
snippetManager.insertSnippet(editor, s.content);
},
readOnly: true
}, {
name: "focusCommandLine",
bindKey: "shift-esc|ctrl-`",
exec: function(editor, needle) { editor.cmdLine.focus(); },
readOnly: true
}, {
name: "nextFile",
bindKey: "Ctrl-tab",
exec: function(editor) { doclist.cycleOpen(editor, 1); },
readOnly: true
}, {
name: "previousFile",
bindKey: "Ctrl-shift-tab",
exec: function(editor) { doclist.cycleOpen(editor, -1); },
readOnly: true
}, {
name: "execute",
bindKey: "ctrl+enter",
exec: function(editor) {
try {
var r = window.eval(editor.getCopyText() || editor.getValue());
} catch(e) {
r = e;
}
editor.cmdLine.setValue(r + "");
},
readOnly: true
}, {
name: "showKeyboardShortcuts",
bindKey: {win: "Ctrl-Alt-h", mac: "Command-Alt-h"},
exec: function(editor) {
config.loadModule("ace/ext/keybinding_menu", function(module) {
module.init(editor);
editor.showKeyboardShortcuts();
});
}
}, {
name: "increaseFontSize",
bindKey: "Ctrl-=|Ctrl-+",
exec: function(editor) {
var size = parseInt(editor.getFontSize(), 10) || 12;
editor.setFontSize(size + 1);
}
}, {
name: "decreaseFontSize",
bindKey: "Ctrl+-|Ctrl-_",
exec: function(editor) {
var size = parseInt(editor.getFontSize(), 10) || 12;
editor.setFontSize(Math.max(size - 1 || 1));
}
}, {
name: "resetFontSize",
bindKey: "Ctrl+0|Ctrl-Numpad0",
exec: function(editor) {
editor.setFontSize(12);
}
}]);
env.editor.commands.addCommands(whitespace.commands);
cmdLine.commands.bindKeys({
"Shift-Return|Ctrl-Return|Alt-Return": function(cmdLine) { cmdLine.insert("\n"); },
"Esc|Shift-Esc": function(cmdLine){ cmdLine.editor.focus(); },
"Return": function(cmdLine){
var command = cmdLine.getValue().split(/\s+/);
var editor = cmdLine.editor;
editor.commands.exec(command[0], editor, command[1]);
editor.focus();
}
});
cmdLine.commands.removeCommands(["find", "gotoline", "findall", "replace", "replaceall"]);
var commands = env.editor.commands;
commands.addCommand({
name: "save",
bindKey: {win: "Ctrl-S", mac: "Command-S"},
exec: function(arg) {
var session = env.editor.session;
var name = session.name.match(/[^\/]+$/);
localStorage.setItem(
"saved_file:" + name,
session.getValue()
);
env.editor.cmdLine.setValue("saved "+ name);
}
});
commands.addCommand({
name: "load",
bindKey: {win: "Ctrl-O", mac: "Command-O"},
exec: function(arg) {
var session = env.editor.session;
var name = session.name.match(/[^\/]+$/);
var value = localStorage.getItem("saved_file:" + name);
if (typeof value == "string") {
session.setValue(value);
env.editor.cmdLine.setValue("loaded "+ name);
} else {
env.editor.cmdLine.setValue("no previuos value saved for "+ name);
}
}
});
var keybindings = {
ace: null, // Null = use "default" keymapping
vim: require("ace/keyboard/vim").handler,
emacs: "ace/keyboard/emacs",
// This is a way to define simple keyboard remappings
custom: new HashHandler({
"gotoright": "Tab",
"indent": "]",
"outdent": "[",
"gotolinestart": "^",
"gotolineend": "$"
})
};
/*********** manage layout ***************************/
var consoleHeight = 20;
function onResize() {
var left = env.split.$container.offsetLeft;
var width = document.documentElement.clientWidth - left;
container.style.width = width + "px";
container.style.height = document.documentElement.clientHeight - consoleHeight + "px";
env.split.resize();
consoleEl.style.width = width + "px";
cmdLine.resize();
}
window.onresize = onResize;
onResize();
/*********** options panel ***************************/
var docEl = document.getElementById("doc");
var modeEl = document.getElementById("mode");
var wrapModeEl = document.getElementById("soft_wrap");
var themeEl = document.getElementById("theme");
var foldingEl = document.getElementById("folding");
var selectStyleEl = document.getElementById("select_style");
var highlightActiveEl = document.getElementById("highlight_active");
var showHiddenEl = document.getElementById("show_hidden");
var showGutterEl = document.getElementById("show_gutter");
var showPrintMarginEl = document.getElementById("show_print_margin");
var highlightSelectedWordE = document.getElementById("highlight_selected_word");
var showHScrollEl = document.getElementById("show_hscroll");
var showVScrollEl = document.getElementById("show_vscroll");
var animateScrollEl = document.getElementById("animate_scroll");
var softTabEl = document.getElementById("soft_tab");
var navigateWithinSoftTabEl = document.getElementById("navigate_within_soft_tab");
var behavioursEl = document.getElementById("enable_behaviours");
fillDropdown(docEl, doclist.all);
fillDropdown(modeEl, modelist.modes);
var modesByName = modelist.modesByName;
bindDropdown("mode", function(value) {
env.editor.session.setMode(modesByName[value].mode || modesByName.text.mode);
env.editor.session.modeName = value;
});
doclist.history = doclist.docs.map(function(doc) {
return doc.name;
});
doclist.history.index = 0;
doclist.cycleOpen = function(editor, dir) {
var h = this.history;
h.index += dir;
if (h.index >= h.length)
h.index = 0;
else if (h.index <= 0)
h.index = h.length - 1;
var s = h[h.index];
docEl.value = s;
docEl.onchange();
};
doclist.addToHistory = function(name) {
var h = this.history;
var i = h.indexOf(name);
if (i != h.index) {
if (i != -1)
h.splice(i, 1);
h.index = h.push(name);
}
};
bindDropdown("doc", function(name) {
doclist.loadDoc(name, function(session) {
if (!session)
return;
doclist.addToHistory(session.name);
session = env.split.setSession(session);
whitespace.detectIndentation(session);
updateUIEditorOptions();
env.editor.focus();
});
});
function updateUIEditorOptions() {
var editor = env.editor;
var session = editor.session;
session.setFoldStyle(foldingEl.value);
saveOption(docEl, session.name);
saveOption(modeEl, session.modeName || "text");
saveOption(wrapModeEl, session.getUseWrapMode() ? session.getWrapLimitRange().min || "free" : "off");
saveOption(selectStyleEl, editor.getSelectionStyle() == "line");
saveOption(themeEl, editor.getTheme());
saveOption(highlightActiveEl, editor.getHighlightActiveLine());
saveOption(showHiddenEl, editor.getShowInvisibles());
saveOption(showGutterEl, editor.renderer.getShowGutter());
saveOption(showPrintMarginEl, editor.renderer.getShowPrintMargin());
saveOption(highlightSelectedWordE, editor.getHighlightSelectedWord());
saveOption(showHScrollEl, editor.renderer.getHScrollBarAlwaysVisible());
saveOption(animateScrollEl, editor.getAnimatedScroll());
saveOption(softTabEl, session.getUseSoftTabs());
saveOption(navigateWithinSoftTabEl, session.getNavigateWithinSoftTabs());
saveOption(behavioursEl, editor.getBehavioursEnabled());
}
themelist.themes.forEach(function(x){ x.value = x.theme });
fillDropdown(themeEl, {
Bright: themelist.themes.filter(function(x){return !x.isDark}),
Dark: themelist.themes.filter(function(x){return x.isDark})
});
event.addListener(themeEl, "mouseover", function(e){
themeEl.desiredValue = e.target.value;
if (!themeEl.$timer)
themeEl.$timer = setTimeout(themeEl.updateTheme);
});
event.addListener(themeEl, "mouseout", function(e){
themeEl.desiredValue = null;
if (!themeEl.$timer)
themeEl.$timer = setTimeout(themeEl.updateTheme, 20);
});
themeEl.updateTheme = function(){
env.split.setTheme((themeEl.desiredValue || themeEl.selectedValue));
themeEl.$timer = null;
};
bindDropdown("theme", function(value) {
if (!value)
return;
env.editor.setTheme(value);
themeEl.selectedValue = value;
});
bindDropdown("keybinding", function(value) {
env.editor.setKeyboardHandler(keybindings[value]);
});
bindDropdown("fontsize", function(value) {
env.split.setFontSize(value);
});
bindDropdown("folding", function(value) {
env.editor.session.setFoldStyle(value);
env.editor.setShowFoldWidgets(value !== "manual");
});
bindDropdown("soft_wrap", function(value) {
env.editor.setOption("wrap", value);
});
bindCheckbox("select_style", function(checked) {
env.editor.setOption("selectionStyle", checked ? "line" : "text");
});
bindCheckbox("highlight_active", function(checked) {
env.editor.setHighlightActiveLine(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("show_hidden", function(checked) {
env.editor.setShowInvisibles(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("display_indent_guides", function(checked) {
env.editor.setDisplayIndentGuides(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("show_gutter", function(checked) {
env.editor.renderer.setShowGutter(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("show_print_margin", function(checked) {
env.editor.renderer.setShowPrintMargin(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("highlight_selected_word", function(checked) {
env.editor.setHighlightSelectedWord(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("show_hscroll", function(checked) {
env.editor.setOption("hScrollBarAlwaysVisible", checked);
});
bindCheckbox("show_vscroll", function(checked) {
env.editor.setOption("vScrollBarAlwaysVisible", checked);
});
bindCheckbox("animate_scroll", function(checked) {
env.editor.setAnimatedScroll(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("soft_tab", function(checked) {
env.editor.session.setUseSoftTabs(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("navigate_within_soft_tab", function(checked) {
env.editor.session.setNavigateWithinSoftTabs(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("enable_behaviours", function(checked) {
env.editor.setBehavioursEnabled(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("fade_fold_widgets", function(checked) {
env.editor.setFadeFoldWidgets(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("read_only", function(checked) {
env.editor.setReadOnly(checked);
});
bindCheckbox("scrollPastEnd", function(checked) {
env.editor.setOption("scrollPastEnd", checked);
});
bindDropdown("split", function(value) {
var sp = env.split;
if (value == "none") {
sp.setSplits(1);
} else {
var newEditor = (sp.getSplits() == 1);
sp.setOrientation(value == "below" ? sp.BELOW : sp.BESIDE);
sp.setSplits(2);
if (newEditor) {
var session = sp.getEditor(0).session;
var newSession = sp.setSession(session, 1);
newSession.name = session.name;
}
}
});
bindCheckbox("elastic_tabstops", function(checked) {
env.editor.setOption("useElasticTabstops", checked);
});
var iSearchCheckbox = bindCheckbox("isearch", function(checked) {
env.editor.setOption("useIncrementalSearch", checked);
});
env.editor.addEventListener('incrementalSearchSettingChanged', function(event) {
iSearchCheckbox.checked = event.isEnabled;
});
function synchroniseScrolling() {
var s1 = env.split.$editors[0].session;
var s2 = env.split.$editors[1].session;
s1.on('changeScrollTop', function(pos) {s2.setScrollTop(pos)});
s2.on('changeScrollTop', function(pos) {s1.setScrollTop(pos)});
s1.on('changeScrollLeft', function(pos) {s2.setScrollLeft(pos)});
s2.on('changeScrollLeft', function(pos) {s1.setScrollLeft(pos)});
}
bindCheckbox("highlight_token", function(checked) {
var editor = env.editor;
if (editor.tokenTooltip && !checked) {
editor.tokenTooltip.destroy();
delete editor.tokenTooltip;
} else if (checked) {
editor.tokenTooltip = new TokenTooltip(editor);
}
});
var StatusBar = require("ace/ext/statusbar").StatusBar;
new StatusBar(env.editor, cmdLine.container);
var Emmet = require("ace/ext/emmet");
net.loadScript("https://cloud9ide.github.io/emmet-core/emmet.js", function() {
Emmet.setCore(window.emmet);
env.editor.setOption("enableEmmet", true);
});
// require("ace/placeholder").PlaceHolder;
var snippetManager = require("ace/snippets").snippetManager;
env.editSnippets = function() {
var sp = env.split;
if (sp.getSplits() == 2) {
sp.setSplits(1);
return;
}
sp.setSplits(1);
sp.setSplits(2);
sp.setOrientation(sp.BESIDE);
var editor = sp.$editors[1];
var id = sp.$editors[0].session.$mode.$id || "";
var m = snippetManager.files[id];
if (!doclist["snippets/" + id]) {
var text = m.snippetText;
var s = doclist.initDoc(text, "", {});
s.setMode("ace/mode/snippets");
doclist["snippets/" + id] = s;
}
editor.on("blur", function() {
m.snippetText = editor.getValue();
snippetManager.unregister(m.snippets);
m.snippets = snippetManager.parseSnippetFile(m.snippetText, m.scope);
snippetManager.register(m.snippets);
});
sp.$editors[0].once("changeMode", function() {
sp.setSplits(1);
});
editor.setSession(doclist["snippets/" + id], 1);
editor.focus();
};
require("ace/ext/language_tools");
env.editor.setOptions({
enableBasicAutocompletion: true,
enableLiveAutocompletion: false,
enableSnippets: true
});
var beautify = require("ace/ext/beautify");
env.editor.commands.addCommands(beautify.commands);
// global keybindings
var KeyBinding = require("ace/keyboard/keybinding").KeyBinding;
var CommandManager = require("ace/commands/command_manager").CommandManager;
var commandManager = new CommandManager();
var kb = new KeyBinding({
commands: commandManager,
fake: true
});
event.addCommandKeyListener(document.documentElement, kb.onCommandKey.bind(kb));
event.addListener(document.documentElement, "keyup", function(e) {
if (e.keyCode === 18) // do not trigger browser menu on windows
e.preventDefault();
});
commandManager.addCommands([{
name: "window-left",
bindKey: {win: "cmd-alt-left", mac: "ctrl-cmd-left"},
exec: function() {
moveFocus();
}
}, {
name: "window-right",
bindKey: {win: "cmd-alt-right", mac: "ctrl-cmd-right"},
exec: function() {
moveFocus();
}
}, {
name: "window-up",
bindKey: {win: "cmd-alt-up", mac: "ctrl-cmd-up"},
exec: function() {
moveFocus();
}
}, {
name: "window-down",
bindKey: {win: "cmd-alt-down", mac: "ctrl-cmd-down"},
exec: function() {
moveFocus();
}
}]);
function moveFocus() {
var el = document.activeElement;
if (el == env.editor.textInput.getElement())
env.editor.cmdLine.focus();
else
env.editor.focus();
}
});
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/dev_util.js
================================================
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Distributed under the BSD license:
*
* Copyright (c) 2010, Ajax.org B.V.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* * Neither the name of Ajax.org B.V. nor the
* names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL AJAX.ORG B.V. BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
define(function(require, exports, module) {
var dom = require("ace/lib/dom");
var Range = require("ace/range").Range;
function warn() {
var s = (new Error()).stack || "";
s = s.split("\n");
if (s[1] == "Error") s.shift(); // remove error description on chrome
s.shift(); // remove warn
s.shift(); // remove the getter
s = s.join("\n");
// allow easy access to ace in console, but not in ace code
if (!/at Object.InjectedScript.|@debugger eval|snippets:\/{3}|:\d+:\d+/.test(s)) {
console.error("trying to access to global variable");
}
}
function def(o, key, get) {
try {
Object.defineProperty(o, key, {
configurable: true,
get: get,
set: function(val) {
delete o[key];
o[key] = val;
}
});
} catch(e) {
console.error(e);
}
}
def(window, "ace", function(){ warn(); return window.env.editor });
def(window, "editor", function(){ warn(); return window.env.editor });
def(window, "session", function(){ warn(); return window.env.editor.session });
def(window, "split", function(){ warn(); return window.env.split });
def(window, "devUtil", function(){ warn(); return exports });
exports.showTextArea = function(argument) {
dom.importCssString("\
.ace_text-input {\
position: absolute;\
z-index: 10!important;\
width: 6em!important;\
height: 1em;\
opacity: 1!important;\
background: rgba(0, 92, 255, 0.11);\
border: none;\
font: inherit;\
padding: 0 1px;\
margin: 0 -1px;\
text-indent: 0em;\
}\
");
};
exports.addGlobals = function() {
window.oop = require("ace/lib/oop");
window.dom = require("ace/lib/dom");
window.Range = require("ace/range").Range;
window.Editor = require("ace/editor").Editor;
window.assert = require("ace/test/asyncjs/assert");
window.asyncjs = require("ace/test/asyncjs/async");
window.UndoManager = require("ace/undomanager").UndoManager;
window.EditSession = require("ace/edit_session").EditSession;
window.MockRenderer = require("ace/test/mockrenderer").MockRenderer;
window.EventEmitter = require("ace/lib/event_emitter").EventEmitter;
window.getSelection = getSelection;
window.setSelection = setSelection;
window.testSelection = testSelection;
};
function getSelection(editor) {
var data = editor.multiSelect.toJSON();
if (!data.length) data = [data];
data = data.map(function(x) {
var a, c;
if (x.isBackwards) {
a = x.end;
c = x.start;
} else {
c = x.end;
a = x.start;
}
return Range.comparePoints(a, c)
? [a.row, a.column, c.row, c.column]
: [a.row, a.column];
});
return data.length > 1 ? data : data[0];
}
function setSelection(editor, data) {
if (typeof data[0] == "number")
data = [data];
editor.selection.fromJSON(data.map(function(x) {
var start = {row: x[0], column: x[1]};
var end = x.length == 2 ? start : {row: x[2], column: x[3]};
var isBackwards = Range.comparePoints(start, end) > 0;
return isBackwards ? {
start: end,
end: start,
isBackwards: true
} : {
start: start,
end: end,
isBackwards: true
};
}));
}
function testSelection(editor, data) {
assert.equal(getSelection(editor) + "", data + "");
}
exports.recordTestCase = function() {
exports.addGlobals();
var editor = window.editor;
var testcase = window.testcase = [];
var assert;
testcase.push({
type: "setValue",
data: editor.getValue()
}, {
type: "setSelection",
data: getSelection(editor)
});
editor.commands.on("afterExec", function(e) {
testcase.push({
type: "exec",
data: e
});
testcase.push({
type: "value",
data: editor.getValue()
});
testcase.push({
type: "selection",
data: getSelection(editor)
});
});
editor.on("mouseup", function() {
testcase.push({
type: "setSelection",
data: getSelection(editor)
});
});
testcase.toString = function() {
var lastValue = "";
// var lastSelection = ""
var str = this.map(function(x) {
var data = x.data;
switch (x.type) {
case "exec":
return 'editor.execCommand("'
+ data.command.name
+ (data.args ? '", ' + JSON.stringify(data.args) : '"')
+ ')';
case "setSelection":
return 'setSelection(editor, ' + JSON.stringify(data) + ')';
case "setValue":
if (lastValue != data) {
lastValue = data;
return 'editor.setValue(' + JSON.stringify(data) + ', -1)';
}
return;
case "selection":
return 'testSelection(editor, ' + JSON.stringify(data) + ')';
case "value":
if (lastValue != data) {
lastValue = data;
return 'assert.equal('
+ 'editor.getValue(),'
+ JSON.stringify(data)
+ ')';
}
return;
}
}).filter(Boolean).join("\n");
return getSelection + "\n"
+ testSelection + "\n"
+ setSelection + "\n"
+ "\n" + str + "\n";
};
};
});
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/doclist.js
================================================
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Distributed under the BSD license:
*
* Copyright (c) 2010, Ajax.org B.V.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* * Neither the name of Ajax.org B.V. nor the
* names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL AJAX.ORG B.V. BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
define(function(require, exports, module) {
"use strict";
var EditSession = require("ace/edit_session").EditSession;
var UndoManager = require("ace/undomanager").UndoManager;
var net = require("ace/lib/net");
var modelist = require("ace/ext/modelist");
/*********** demo documents ***************************/
var fileCache = {};
function initDoc(file, path, doc) {
if (doc.prepare)
file = doc.prepare(file);
var session = new EditSession(file);
session.setUndoManager(new UndoManager());
doc.session = session;
doc.path = path;
session.name = doc.name;
if (doc.wrapped) {
session.setUseWrapMode(true);
session.setWrapLimitRange(80, 80);
}
var mode = modelist.getModeForPath(path);
session.modeName = mode.name;
session.setMode(mode.mode);
return session;
}
function makeHuge(txt) {
for (var i = 0; i < 5; i++)
txt += txt;
return txt;
}
var docs = {
"docs/javascript.js": {order: 1, name: "JavaScript"},
"docs/latex.tex": {name: "LaTeX", wrapped: true},
"docs/markdown.md": {name: "Markdown", wrapped: true},
"docs/mushcode.mc": {name: "MUSHCode", wrapped: true},
"docs/pgsql.pgsql": {name: "pgSQL", wrapped: true},
"docs/plaintext.txt": {name: "Plain Text", prepare: makeHuge, wrapped: true},
"docs/sql.sql": {name: "SQL", wrapped: true},
"docs/textile.textile": {name: "Textile", wrapped: true},
"docs/c9search.c9search_results": "C9 Search Results",
"docs/mel.mel": "MEL",
"docs/Nix.nix": "Nix"
};
var ownSource = {
/* filled from require*/
};
var hugeDocs = require.toUrl ? {
"build/src/ace.js": "",
"build/src-min/ace.js": ""
} : {
"src/ace.js": "",
"src-min/ace.js": ""
};
modelist.modes.forEach(function(m) {
var ext = m.extensions.split("|")[0];
if (ext[0] === "^") {
path = ext.substr(1);
} else {
var path = m.name + "." + ext;
}
path = "docs/" + path;
if (!docs[path]) {
docs[path] = {name: m.caption};
} else if (typeof docs[path] == "object" && !docs[path].name) {
docs[path].name = m.caption;
}
});
if (window.require && window.require.s) try {
for (var path in window.require.s.contexts._.defined) {
if (path.indexOf("!") != -1)
path = path.split("!").pop();
else
path = path + ".js";
ownSource[path] = "";
}
} catch(e) {}
function sort(list) {
return list.sort(function(a, b) {
var cmp = (b.order || 0) - (a.order || 0);
return cmp || a.name && a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
});
}
function prepareDocList(docs) {
var list = [];
for (var path in docs) {
var doc = docs[path];
if (typeof doc != "object")
doc = {name: doc || path};
doc.path = path;
doc.desc = doc.name.replace(/^(ace|docs|demo|build)\//, "");
if (doc.desc.length > 18)
doc.desc = doc.desc.slice(0, 7) + ".." + doc.desc.slice(-9);
fileCache[doc.name] = doc;
list.push(doc);
}
return list;
}
function loadDoc(name, callback) {
var doc = fileCache[name];
if (!doc)
return callback(null);
if (doc.session)
return callback(doc.session);
// TODO: show load screen while waiting
var path = doc.path;
var parts = path.split("/");
if (parts[0] == "docs")
path = "demo/kitchen-sink/" + path;
else if (parts[0] == "ace")
path = "lib/" + path;
net.get(path, function(x) {
initDoc(x, path, doc);
callback(doc.session);
});
}
function saveDoc(name, callback) {
var doc = fileCache[name] || name;
if (!doc || !doc.session)
return callback("Unknown document: " + name);
var path = doc.path;
var parts = path.split("/");
if (parts[0] == "docs")
path = "demo/kitchen-sink/" + path;
else if (parts[0] == "ace")
path = "lib/" + path;
upload(path, doc.session.getValue(), callback);
}
function upload(url, data, callback) {
var absUrl = net.qualifyURL(url);
if (/^file:/.test(absUrl))
absUrl = "http://localhost:8888/" + url;
url = absUrl
if (!/^https?:/.test(url))
return callback(new Error("Unsupported url scheme"));
var xhr = new XMLHttpRequest();
xhr.open("PUT", url, true);
xhr.onreadystatechange = function () {
if (xhr.readyState === 4) {
callback(!/^2../.test(xhr.status));
}
};
xhr.send(data);
};
module.exports = {
fileCache: fileCache,
docs: sort(prepareDocList(docs)),
ownSource: prepareDocList(ownSource),
hugeDocs: prepareDocList(hugeDocs),
initDoc: initDoc,
loadDoc: loadDoc,
saveDoc: saveDoc
};
module.exports.all = {
"Mode Examples": module.exports.docs,
"Huge documents": module.exports.hugeDocs,
"own source": module.exports.ownSource
};
});
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/Dockerfile
================================================
#
# example Dockerfile for http://docs.docker.io/en/latest/examples/postgresql_service/
#
FROM ubuntu
MAINTAINER SvenDowideit@docker.com
# Add the PostgreSQL PGP key to verify their Debian packages.
# It should be the same key as https://www.postgresql.org/media/keys/ACCC4CF8.asc
RUN apt-key adv --keyserver hkp://keyserver.ubuntu.com:80 --recv-keys B97B0AFCAA1A47F044F244A07FCC7D46ACCC4CF8
# Add PostgreSQL's repository. It contains the most recent stable release
# of PostgreSQL, ``9.3``.
RUN echo "deb http://apt.postgresql.org/pub/repos/apt/ precise-pgdg main" > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/pgdg.list
# Update the Ubuntu and PostgreSQL repository indexes
RUN apt-get update
# Install ``python-software-properties``, ``software-properties-common`` and PostgreSQL 9.3
# There are some warnings (in red) that show up during the build. You can hide
# them by prefixing each apt-get statement with DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive
RUN apt-get -y -q install python-software-properties software-properties-common
RUN apt-get -y -q install postgresql-9.3 postgresql-client-9.3 postgresql-contrib-9.3
# Note: The official Debian and Ubuntu images automatically ``apt-get clean``
# after each ``apt-get``
# Run the rest of the commands as the ``postgres`` user created by the ``postgres-9.3`` package when it was ``apt-get installed``
USER postgres
# Create a PostgreSQL role named ``docker`` with ``docker`` as the password and
# then create a database `docker` owned by the ``docker`` role.
# Note: here we use ``&&\`` to run commands one after the other - the ``\``
# allows the RUN command to span multiple lines.
RUN /etc/init.d/postgresql start &&\
psql --command "CREATE USER docker WITH SUPERUSER PASSWORD 'docker';" &&\
createdb -O docker docker
# Adjust PostgreSQL configuration so that remote connections to the
# database are possible.
RUN echo "host all all 0.0.0.0/0 md5" >> /etc/postgresql/9.3/main/pg_hba.conf
# And add ``listen_addresses`` to ``/etc/postgresql/9.3/main/postgresql.conf``
RUN echo "listen_addresses='*'" >> /etc/postgresql/9.3/main/postgresql.conf
# Expose the PostgreSQL port
EXPOSE 5432
# Add VOLUMEs to allow backup of config, logs and databases
VOLUME ["/etc/postgresql", "/var/log/postgresql", "/var/lib/postgresql"]
# Set the default command to run when starting the container
CMD ["/usr/lib/postgresql/9.3/bin/postgres", "-D", "/var/lib/postgresql/9.3/main", "-c", "config_file=/etc/postgresql/9.3/main/postgresql.conf"]
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/Haxe.hx
================================================
class Haxe
{
public static function main()
{
// Say Hello!
var greeting:String = "Hello World";
trace(greeting);
var targets:Array = ["Flash","Javascript","PHP","Neko","C++","iOS","Android","webOS"];
trace("Haxe is a great language that can target:");
for (target in targets)
{
trace (" - " + target);
}
trace("And many more!");
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/Jack.jack
================================================
vars it, p
p = {label, value|
print("\n" + label)
print(inspect(value))
}
-- Create an array from 0 to 15
p("range", i-collect(range(5)))
-- Create an array from 0 to 15 and break up in chunks of 4
p("chunked range", i-collect(i-chunk(4, range(16))))
-- Check if all or none items in stream pass test.
p("all < 60 in range(60)", i-all?({i|i<60}, range(60)))
p("any < 60 in range(60)", i-any?({i|i>60}, range(60)))
p("all < 60 in range(70)", i-all?({i|i<60}, range(70)))
p("any < 60 in range(70)", i-any?({i|i>60}, range(70)))
-- Zip three different collections together
p("zipped", i-collect(i-zip(
range(10),
[1,2,3,4,5],
i-map({i|i*i}, range(10))
)))
vars names, person, i, doubles, lengths, cubeRange
names = ["Thorin", "Dwalin", "Balin", "Bifur", "Bofur", "Bombur", "Oin",
"Gloin", "Ori", "Nori", "Dori", "Fili", "Kili", "Bilbo", "Gandalf"]
for name in names {
if name != "Bilbo" && name != "Gandalf" {
print(name)
}
}
person = {name: "Tim", age: 30}
for key, value in person {
print(key + " = " + value)
}
i = 0
while i < 10 {
i = i + 1
print(i)
}
print("range")
for i in range(10) {
print(i + 1)
}
for i in range(10) {
print(10 - i)
}
-- Dynamic object that gives the first 10 doubles
doubles = {
@len: {| 10 }
@get: {key|
if key is Integer { key * key }
}
}
print("#doubles", #doubles)
print("Doubles")
for k, v in doubles {
print([k, v])
}
-- Dynamic object that has names list as keys and string lenth as values
lengths = {
@keys: {| names }
@get: {key|
if key is String { #key }
}
}
print ("Lengths")
for k, v in lengths {
print([k, v])
}
cubeRange = {n|
vars i, v
i = 0
{
@call: {|
v = i
i = i + 1
if v < n { v * v * v }
}
}
}
print("Cubes")
for k, v in cubeRange(5) {
print([k, v])
}
print("String")
for k, v in "Hello World" {
print([k, v])
}
print([i for i in range(10)])
print([i for i in range(20) if i % 3])
-- Example showing how to do parallel work using split..and
base = {bootstrap, target-dir|
split {
copy("res", target-dir)
} and {
if newer("src/*.less", target-dir + "/style.css") {
lessc("src/" + bootstrap + ".less", target-dir + "/style.css")
}
} and {
build("src/" + bootstrap + ".js", target-dir + "/app.js")
}
}
vars Dragon, pet
Dragon = {name|
vars asleep, stuff-in-belly, stuff-in-intestine,
feed, walk, put-to-bed, toss, rock,
hungry?, poopy?, passage-of-time
asleep = false
stuff-in-belly = 10 -- He's full.
stuff-in-intestine = 0 -- He doesn't need to go.
print(name + ' is born.')
feed = {|
print('You feed ' + name + '.')
stuff-in-belly = 10
passage-of-time()
}
walk = {|
print('You walk ' + name + ".")
stuff-in-intestine = 0
passage-of-time
}
put-to-bed = {|
print('You put ' + name + ' to bed.')
asleep = true
for i in range(3) {
if asleep {
passage-of-time()
}
if asleep {
print(name + ' snores, filling the room with smoke.')
}
}
if asleep {
asleep = false
print(name + ' wakes up slowly.')
}
}
toss = {|
print('You toss ' + name + ' up into the air.')
print('He giggles, which singes your eyebrows.')
passage-of-time()
}
rock = {|
print('You rock ' + name + ' gently.')
asleep = true
print('He briefly dozes off...')
passage-of-time()
if asleep {
asleep = false
print('...but wakes when you stop.')
}
}
hungry? = {|
stuff-in-belly <= 2
}
poopy? = {|
stuff-in-intestine >= 8
}
passage-of-time = {|
if stuff-in-belly > 0 {
-- Move food from belly to intestine
stuff-in-belly = stuff-in-belly - 1
stuff-in-intestine = stuff-in-intestine + 1
} else { -- Our dragon is starving!
if asleep {
asleep = false
print('He wakes up suddenly!')
}
print(name + ' is starving! In desperation, he ate YOU!')
abort "died"
}
if stuff-in-intestine >= 10 {
stuff-in-intestine = 0
print('Whoops! ' + name + ' had an accident...')
}
if hungry?() {
if asleep {
asleep = false
print('He wakes up suddenly!')
}
print(name + "'s stomach grumbles...")
}
if poopy?() {
if asleep {
asleep = false
print('He wakes up suddenly!')
}
print(name + ' does the potty dance...')
}
}
-- Export the public interface to this closure object.
{
feed: feed
walk: walk
put-to-bed: put-to-bed
toss: toss
rock: rock
}
}
pet = Dragon('Norbert')
pet.feed()
pet.toss()
pet.walk()
pet.put-to-bed()
pet.rock()
pet.put-to-bed()
pet.put-to-bed()
pet.put-to-bed()
pet.put-to-bed()
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/Makefile
================================================
.PHONY: apf ext worker mode theme package test
default: apf worker
update: worker
# packages apf
# This is the first line of a comment \
and this is still part of the comment \
as is this, since I keep ending each line \
with a backslash character
apf:
cd node_modules/packager; node package.js projects/apf_cloud9.apr
cd node_modules/packager; cat build/apf_release.js | sed 's/\(\/\*FILEHEAD(\).*//g' > ../../plugins-client/lib.apf/www/apf-packaged/apf_release.js
# package debug version of apf
apfdebug:
cd node_modules/packager/projects; cat apf_cloud9.apr | sed 's///g' > apf_cloud9_debug2.apr
cd node_modules/packager/projects; cat apf_cloud9_debug2.apr | sed 's/apf_release/apf_debug/g' > apf_cloud9_debug.apr; rm apf_cloud9_debug2.apr
cd node_modules/packager; node package.js projects/apf_cloud9_debug.apr
cd node_modules/packager; cat build/apf_debug.js | sed 's/\(\/\*FILEHEAD(\).*\/apf\/\(.*\)/\1\2/g' > ../../plugins-client/lib.apf/www/apf-packaged/apf_debug.js
# package_apf--temporary fix for non-workering infra
pack_apf:
mkdir -p build/src
mv plugins-client/lib.apf/www/apf-packaged/apf_release.js build/src/apf_release.js
node build/r.js -o name=./build/src/apf_release.js out=./plugins-client/lib.apf/www/apf-packaged/apf_release.js baseUrl=.
# makes ace; at the moment, requires dryice@0.4.2
ace:
cd node_modules/ace; make clean pre_build; ./Makefile.dryice.js minimal
# packages core
core: ace
mkdir -p build/src
node build/r.js -o build/core.build.js
# generates packed template
helper:
node build/packed_helper.js
helper_clean:
mkdir -p build/src
node build/packed_helper.js 1
# packages ext
ext:
node build/r.js -o build/app.build.js
# calls dryice on worker & packages it
worker: plugins-client/lib.ace/www/worker/worker-language.js
plugins-client/lib.ace/www/worker/worker-language.js plugins-client/lib.ace/www/worker/worker-javascript.js : \
$(wildcard node_modules/ace/*) $(wildcard node_modules/ace/*/*) $(wildcard node_modules/ace/*/*/mode/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.language/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.language/*/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.linereport/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.codecomplete/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.codecomplete/*/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.jslanguage/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.jslanguage/*/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.csslanguage/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.csslanguage/*/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.htmllanguage/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.htmllanguage/*/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.jsinfer/*) \
$(wildcard plugins-client/ext.jsinfer/*/*) \
$(wildcard node_modules/treehugger/lib/*) \
$(wildcard node_modules/treehugger/lib/*/*) \
$(wildcard node_modules/ace/lib/*) \
$(wildcard node_modules/ace/*/*) \
Makefile.dryice.js
mkdir -p plugins-client/lib.ace/www/worker
rm -rf /tmp/c9_worker_build
mkdir -p /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext
ln -s `pwd`/plugins-client/ext.language /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext/language
ln -s `pwd`/plugins-client/ext.codecomplete /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext/codecomplete
ln -s `pwd`/plugins-client/ext.jslanguage /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext/jslanguage
ln -s `pwd`/plugins-client/ext.csslanguage /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext/csslanguage
ln -s `pwd`/plugins-client/ext.htmllanguage /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext/htmllanguage
ln -s `pwd`/plugins-client/ext.linereport /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext/linereport
ln -s `pwd`/plugins-client/ext.linereport_php /tmp/c9_worker_build/ext/linereport_php
node Makefile.dryice.js worker
cp node_modules/ace/build/src/worker* plugins-client/lib.ace/www/worker
define
ifeq
override
# copies built ace modes
mode:
mkdir -p plugins-client/lib.ace/www/mode
cp `find node_modules/ace/build/src | grep -E "mode-[a-zA-Z_0-9]+.js"` plugins-client/lib.ace/www/mode
# copies built ace themes
theme:
mkdir -p plugins-client/lib.ace/www/theme
cp `find node_modules/ace/build/src | grep -E "theme-[a-zA-Z_0-9]+.js"` plugins-client/lib.ace/www/theme
gzip_safe:
for i in `ls ./plugins-client/lib.packed/www/*.js`; do \
gzip -9 -v -c -q -f $$i > $$i.gz ; \
done
gzip:
for i in `ls ./plugins-client/lib.packed/www/*.js`; do \
gzip -9 -v -q -f $$i ; \
done
c9core: apf ace core worker mode theme
package_clean: helper_clean c9core ext
package: helper c9core ext
test check:
test/run-tests.sh
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/Nix.nix
================================================
{
# Name of our deployment
network.description = "HelloWorld";
# Enable rolling back to previous versions of our infrastructure
network.enableRollback = true;
# It consists of a single server named 'helloserver'
helloserver =
# Every server gets passed a few arguments, including a reference
# to nixpkgs (pkgs)
{ config, pkgs, ... }:
let
# We import our custom packages from ./default passing pkgs as argument
packages = import ./default.nix { pkgs = pkgs; };
# This is the nodejs version specified in default.nix
nodejs = packages.nodejs;
# And this is the application we'd like to deploy
app = packages.app;
in
{
# We'll be running our application on port 8080, because a regular
# user cannot bind to port 80
# Then, using some iptables magic we'll forward traffic designated to port 80 to 8080
networking.firewall.enable = true;
# We will open up port 22 (SSH) as well otherwise we're locking ourselves out
networking.firewall.allowedTCPPorts = [ 80 8080 22 ];
networking.firewall.allowPing = true;
# Port forwarding using iptables
networking.firewall.extraCommands = ''
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp --dport 80 -j REDIRECT --to-port 8080
'';
# To run our node.js program we're going to use a systemd service
# We can configure the service to automatically start on boot and to restart
# the process in case it crashes
systemd.services.helloserver = {
description = "Hello world application";
# Start the service after the network is available
after = [ "network.target" ];
# We're going to run it on port 8080 in production
environment = { PORT = "8080"; };
serviceConfig = {
# The actual command to run
ExecStart = "${nodejs}/bin/node ${app}/server.js";
# For security reasons we'll run this process as a special 'nodejs' user
User = "nodejs";
Restart = "always";
};
};
# And lastly we ensure the user we run our application as is created
users.extraUsers = {
nodejs = { };
};
};
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/abap.abap
================================================
***************************************
** Program: EXAMPLE **
** Author: Joe Byte, 07-Jul-2007 **
***************************************
REPORT BOOKINGS.
* Read flight bookings from the database
SELECT * FROM FLIGHTINFO
WHERE CLASS = 'Y' "Y = economy
OR CLASS = 'C'. "C = business
(...)
REPORT TEST.
WRITE 'Hello World'.
USERPROMPT = 'Please double-click on a line in the output list ' &
'to see the complete details of the transaction.'.
DATA LAST_EOM TYPE D. "last end-of-month date
* Start from today's date
LAST_EOM = SY-DATUM.
* Set characters 6 and 7 (0-relative) of the YYYYMMDD string to "01",
* giving the first day of the current month
LAST_EOM+6(2) = '01'.
* Subtract one day
LAST_EOM = LAST_EOM - 1.
WRITE: 'Last day of previous month was', LAST_EOM.
DATA : BEGIN OF I_VBRK OCCURS 0,
VBELN LIKE VBRK-VBELN,
ZUONR LIKE VBRK-ZUONR,
END OF I_VBRK.
SORT i_vbrk BY vbeln ASCENDING.
SORT i_vbrk BY vbeln DESCENDING.
RETURN.
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/abc.abc
================================================
%abc-2.1
H:This file contains some example English tunes
% note that the comments (like this one) are to highlight usages
% and would not normally be included in such detail
O:England % the origin of all tunes is England
X:1 % tune no 1
T:Dusty Miller, The % title
T:Binny's Jig % an alternative title
C:Trad. % traditional
R:DH % double hornpipe
M:3/4 % meter
K:G % key
B>cd BAG|FA Ac BA|B>cd BAG|DG GB AG:|
Bdd gfg|aA Ac BA|Bdd gfa|gG GB AG:|
BG G/2G/2G BG|FA Ac BA|BG G/2G/2G BG|DG GB AG:|
W:Hey, the dusty miller, and his dusty coat;
W:He will win a shilling, or he spend a groat.
W:Dusty was the coat, dusty was the colour;
W:Dusty was the kiss, that I got frae the miller.
X:2
T:Old Sir Simon the King
C:Trad.
S:Offord MSS % from Offord manuscript
N:see also Playford % reference note
M:9/8
R:SJ % slip jig
N:originally in C % transcription note
K:G
D|GFG GAG G2D|GFG GAG F2D|EFE EFE EFG|A2G F2E D2:|
D|GAG GAB d2D|GAG GAB c2D|[1 EFE EFE EFG|[A2G] F2E D2:|\ % no line-break in score
M:12/8 % change of meter
[2 E2E EFE E2E EFG|\ % no line-break in score
M:9/8 % change of meter
A2G F2E D2|]
X:3
T:William and Nancy
T:New Mown Hay
T:Legacy, The
C:Trad.
O:England; Gloucs; Bledington % place of origin
B:Sussex Tune Book % can be found in these books
B:Mally's Cotswold Morris vol.1 2
D:Morris On % can be heard on this record
P:(AB)2(AC)2A % play the parts in this order
M:6/8
K:G
[P:A] D|"G"G2G GBd|"C"e2e "G"dBG|"D7"A2d "G"BAG|"C"E2"D7"F "G"G2:|
[P:B] d|"G"e2d B2d|"C"gfe "G"d2d| "G"e2d B2d|"C"gfe "D7"d2c|
"G"B2B Bcd|"C"e2e "G"dBG|"D7"A2d "G"BAG|"C"E2"D7"F "G"G2:|
% changes of meter, using inline fields
[T:Slows][M:4/4][L:1/4][P:C]"G"d2|"C"e2 "G"d2|B2 d2|"Em"gf "A7"e2|"D7"d2 "G"d2|\
"C"e2 "G"d2|[M:3/8][L:1/8] "G"B2 d |[M:6/8] "C"gfe "D7"d2c|
"G"B2B Bcd|"C"e2e "G"dBG|"D7"A2d "G"BAG|"C"E2"D7"F "G"G2:|
X:4
T:South Downs Jig
R:jig
S:Robert Harbron
M:6/8
L:1/8
K:G
|: d | dcA G3 | EFG AFE | DEF GAB | cde d2d |
dcA G3 | EFG AFE | DEF GAB | cAF G2 :|
B | Bcd e2c | d2B c2A | Bcd e2c | [M:9/8]d2B c2B A3 |
[M:6/8]DGF E3 | cBA FED | DEF GAB |1 cAF G2 :|2 cAF G3 |]
X:5
T:Atholl Brose
% in this example, which reproduces Highland Bagpipe gracing,
% the large number of grace notes mean that it is more convenient to be specific about
% score line-breaks (using the $ symbol), rather than using code line breaks to indicate them
I:linebreak $
K:D
{gcd}c<{e}A {gAGAG}A2 {gef}e>A {gAGAG}Ad|
{gcd}c<{e}A {gAGAG}A>e {ag}a>f {gef}e>d|
{gcd}c<{e}A {gAGAG}A2 {gef}e>A {gAGAG}Ad|
{g}c/d/e {g}G>{d}B {gf}gG {dc}d>B:|$
{g}ce {ag}a>e {gf}g>e|
{g}ce {ag}a2 {GdG}a>d|
{g}ce {ag}a>e {gf}g>f|
{gef}e>d {gf}g>d {gBd}B<{e}G {dc}d>B|
{g}ce {ag}a>e {gf}g>e|
{g}ce {ag}a2 {GdG}ad|
{g}c<{GdG}e {gf}ga {f}g>e {g}f>d|
{g}e/f/g {Gdc}d>c {gBd}B<{e}G {dc}d2|]
X:6
T:Untitled Reel
C:Trad.
K:D
eg|a2ab ageg|agbg agef|g2g2 fgag|f2d2 d2:|\
ed|cecA B2ed|cAcA E2ed|cecA B2ed|c2A2 A2:|
K:G
AB|cdec BcdB|ABAF GFE2|cdec BcdB|c2A2 A2:|
X:7
T:Kitchen Girl
C:Trad.
K:D
[c4a4] [B4g4]|efed c2cd|e2f2 gaba|g2e2 e2fg|
a4 g4|efed cdef|g2d2 efed|c2A2 A4:|
K:G
ABcA BAGB|ABAG EDEG|A2AB c2d2|e3f edcB|ABcA BAGB|
ABAG EGAB|cBAc BAG2|A4 A4:|
%abc-2.1
%%pagewidth 21cm
%%pageheight 29.7cm
%%topspace 0.5cm
%%topmargin 1cm
%%botmargin 0cm
%%leftmargin 1cm
%%rightmargin 1cm
%%titlespace 0cm
%%titlefont Times-Bold 32
%%subtitlefont Times-Bold 24
%%composerfont Times 16
%%vocalfont Times-Roman 14
%%staffsep 60pt
%%sysstaffsep 20pt
%%musicspace 1cm
%%vocalspace 5pt
%%measurenb 0
%%barsperstaff 5
%%scale 0.7
X: 1
T: Canzonetta a tre voci
C: Claudio Monteverdi (1567-1643)
M: C
L: 1/4
Q: "Andante mosso" 1/4 = 110
%%score [1 2 3]
V: 1 clef=treble name="Soprano"sname="A"
V: 2 clef=treble name="Alto" sname="T"
V: 3 clef=bass middle=d name="Tenor" sname="B"
%%MIDI program 1 75 % recorder
%%MIDI program 2 75
%%MIDI program 3 75
K: Eb
% 1 - 4
[V: 1] |:z4 |z4 |f2ec |_ddcc |
w: Son que-sti~i cre-spi cri-ni~e
w: Que-sti son gli~oc-chi che mi-
[V: 2] |:c2BG|AAGc|(F/G/A/B/)c=A|B2AA |
w: Son que-sti~i cre-spi cri-ni~e que - - - - sto~il vi-so e
w: Que-sti son~gli oc-chi che mi-ran - - - - do fi-so mi-
[V: 3] |:z4 |f2ec|_ddcf |(B/c/_d/e/)ff|
w: Son que-sti~i cre-spi cri-ni~e que - - - - sto~il
w: Que-sti son~gli oc-chi che mi-ran - - - - do
% 5 - 9
[V: 1] cAB2 |cAAA |c3B|G2!fermata!Gz ::e4|
w: que-sto~il vi-so ond' io ri-man-go~uc-ci-so. Deh,
w: ran-do fi-so, tut-to re-stai con-qui-so.
[V: 2] AAG2 |AFFF |A3F|=E2!fermata!Ez::c4|
w: que-sto~il vi-so ond' io ri-man-go~uc-ci-so. Deh,
w: ran-do fi-so tut-to re-stai con-qui-so.
[V: 3] (ag/f/e2)|A_ddd|A3B|c2!fermata!cz ::A4|
w: vi - - - so ond' io ti-man-go~uc-ci-so. Deh,
w: fi - - - so tut-to re-stai con-qui-so.
% 10 - 15
[V: 1] f_dec |B2c2|zAGF |\
w: dim-me-lo ben mi-o, che que-sto\
=EFG2 |1F2z2:|2F8|] % more notes
w: sol de-si-o_. % more lyrics
[V: 2] ABGA |G2AA|GF=EF |(GF3/2=E//D//E)|1F2z2:|2F8|]
w: dim-me-lo ben mi-o, che que-sto sol de-si - - - - o_.
[V: 3] _dBc>d|e2AF|=EFc_d|c4 |1F2z2:|2F8|]
w: dim-me-lo ben mi-o, che que-sto sol de-si-o_.
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/actionscript.as
================================================
package code
{
/*****************************************
* based on textmate actionscript bundle
****************************************/
import fl.events.SliderEvent;
public class Foo extends MovieClip
{
//*************************
// Properties:
public var activeSwatch:MovieClip;
// Color offsets
public var c1:Number = 0; // R
//*************************
// Constructor:
public function Foo()
{
// Respond to mouse events
swatch1_btn.addEventListener(MouseEvent.CLICK,swatchHandler,false,0,false);
previewBox_btn.addEventListener(MouseEvent.MOUSE_DOWN,dragPressHandler);
// Respond to drag events
red_slider.addEventListener(SliderEvent.THUMB_DRAG,sliderHandler);
// Draw a frame later
addEventListener(Event.ENTER_FRAME,draw);
}
protected function clickHandler(event:MouseEvent):void
{
car.transform.colorTransform = new ColorTransform(0,0,0,1,c1,c2,c3);
}
protected function changeRGBHandler(event:Event):void
{
c1 = Number(c1_txt.text);
if(!(c1>=0)){
c1 = 0;
}
updateSliders();
}
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/ada.ada
================================================
with Ada.Text_IO; use Ada.Text_IO;
procedure Hello is
begin
Put_Line("Hello, world!");
end Hello;
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/asciidoc.asciidoc
================================================
AsciiDoc User Guide
===================
Stuart Rackham
:Author Initials: SJR
:toc:
:icons:
:numbered:
:website: http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/
AsciiDoc is a text document format for writing notes, documentation,
articles, books, ebooks, slideshows, web pages, blogs and UNIX man
pages. AsciiDoc files can be translated to many formats including
HTML, PDF, EPUB, man page. AsciiDoc is highly configurable: both the
AsciiDoc source file syntax and the backend output markups (which can
be almost any type of SGML/XML markup) can be customized and extended
by the user.
.This document
**********************************************************************
This is an overly large document, it probably needs to be refactored
into a Tutorial, Quick Reference and Formal Reference.
If you're new to AsciiDoc read this section and the <> section and take a look at the example AsciiDoc (`*.txt`)
source files in the distribution `doc` directory.
**********************************************************************
Introduction
------------
AsciiDoc is a plain text human readable/writable document format that
can be translated to DocBook or HTML using the asciidoc(1) command.
You can then either use asciidoc(1) generated HTML directly or run
asciidoc(1) DocBook output through your favorite DocBook toolchain or
use the AsciiDoc a2x(1) toolchain wrapper to produce PDF, EPUB, DVI,
LaTeX, PostScript, man page, HTML and text formats.
The AsciiDoc format is a useful presentation format in its own right:
AsciiDoc markup is simple, intuitive and as such is easily proofed and
edited.
AsciiDoc is light weight: it consists of a single Python script and a
bunch of configuration files. Apart from asciidoc(1) and a Python
interpreter, no other programs are required to convert AsciiDoc text
files to DocBook or HTML. See <>
below.
Text markup conventions tend to be a matter of (often strong) personal
preference: if the default syntax is not to your liking you can define
your own by editing the text based asciidoc(1) configuration files.
You can also create configuration files to translate AsciiDoc
documents to almost any SGML/XML markup.
asciidoc(1) comes with a set of configuration files to translate
AsciiDoc articles, books and man pages to HTML or DocBook backend
formats.
.My AsciiDoc Itch
**********************************************************************
DocBook has emerged as the de facto standard Open Source documentation
format. But DocBook is a complex language, the markup is difficult to
read and even more difficult to write directly -- I found I was
spending more time typing markup tags, consulting reference manuals
and fixing syntax errors, than I was writing the documentation.
**********************************************************************
[[X6]]
Getting Started
---------------
Installing AsciiDoc
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
See the `README` and `INSTALL` files for install prerequisites and
procedures. Packagers take a look at <>.
[[X11]]
Example AsciiDoc Documents
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The best way to quickly get a feel for AsciiDoc is to view the
AsciiDoc web site and/or distributed examples:
- Take a look at the linked examples on the AsciiDoc web site home
page {website}. Press the 'Page Source' sidebar menu item to view
corresponding AsciiDoc source.
- Read the `*.txt` source files in the distribution `./doc` directory
along with the corresponding HTML and DocBook XML files.
AsciiDoc Document Types
-----------------------
There are three types of AsciiDoc documents: article, book and
manpage. All document types share the same AsciiDoc format with some
minor variations. If you are familiar with DocBook you will have
noticed that AsciiDoc document types correspond to the same-named
DocBook document types.
Use the asciidoc(1) `-d` (`--doctype`) option to specify the AsciiDoc
document type -- the default document type is 'article'.
By convention the `.txt` file extension is used for AsciiDoc document
source files.
article
~~~~~~~
Used for short documents, articles and general documentation. See the
AsciiDoc distribution `./doc/article.txt` example.
AsciiDoc defines standard DocBook article frontmatter and backmatter
<> (appendix, abstract, bibliography,
glossary, index).
book
~~~~
Books share the same format as articles, with the following
differences:
- The part titles in multi-part books are <>
(same level as book title).
- Some sections are book specific e.g. preface and colophon.
Book documents will normally be used to produce DocBook output since
DocBook processors can automatically generate footnotes, table of
contents, list of tables, list of figures, list of examples and
indexes.
AsciiDoc defines standard DocBook book frontmatter and backmatter
<> (appendix, dedication, preface,
bibliography, glossary, index, colophon).
.Example book documents
Book::
The `./doc/book.txt` file in the AsciiDoc distribution.
Multi-part book::
The `./doc/book-multi.txt` file in the AsciiDoc distribution.
manpage
~~~~~~~
Used to generate roff format UNIX manual pages. AsciiDoc manpage
documents observe special header title and section naming conventions
-- see the <> section for details.
AsciiDoc defines the 'synopsis' <> to
generate the DocBook `refsynopsisdiv` section.
See also the asciidoc(1) man page source (`./doc/asciidoc.1.txt`) from
the AsciiDoc distribution.
[[X5]]
AsciiDoc Backends
-----------------
The asciidoc(1) command translates an AsciiDoc formatted file to the
backend format specified by the `-b` (`--backend`) command-line
option. asciidoc(1) itself has little intrinsic knowledge of backend
formats, all translation rules are contained in customizable cascading
configuration files. Backend specific attributes are listed in the
<> section.
docbook45::
Outputs DocBook XML 4.5 markup.
html4::
This backend generates plain HTML 4.01 Transitional markup.
xhtml11::
This backend generates XHTML 1.1 markup styled with CSS2. Output
files have an `.html` extension.
html5::
This backend generates HTML 5 markup, apart from the inclusion of
<> it is functionally identical to
the 'xhtml11' backend.
slidy::
Use this backend to generate self-contained
http://www.w3.org/Talks/Tools/Slidy2/[Slidy] HTML slideshows for
your web browser from AsciiDoc documents. The Slidy backend is
documented in the distribution `doc/slidy.txt` file and
{website}slidy.html[online].
wordpress::
A minor variant of the 'html4' backend to support
http://srackham.wordpress.com/blogpost1/[blogpost].
latex::
Experimental LaTeX backend.
Backend Aliases
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Backend aliases are alternative names for AsciiDoc backends. AsciiDoc
comes with two backend aliases: 'html' (aliased to 'xhtml11') and
'docbook' (aliased to 'docbook45').
You can assign (or reassign) backend aliases by setting an AsciiDoc
attribute named like `backend-alias-` to an AsciiDoc backend
name. For example, the following backend alias attribute definitions
appear in the `[attributes]` section of the global `asciidoc.conf`
configuration file:
backend-alias-html=xhtml11
backend-alias-docbook=docbook45
[[X100]]
Backend Plugins
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The asciidoc(1) `--backend` option is also used to install and manage
backend <>.
- A backend plugin is used just like the built-in backends.
- Backend plugins <> over built-in backends with
the same name.
- You can use the `{asciidoc-confdir}` <> to
refer to the built-in backend configuration file location from
backend plugin configuration files.
- You can use the `{backend-confdir}` <> to
refer to the backend plugin configuration file location.
- By default backends plugins are installed in
`$HOME/.asciidoc/backends/` where `` is the
backend name.
DocBook
-------
AsciiDoc generates 'article', 'book' and 'refentry'
http://www.docbook.org/[DocBook] documents (corresponding to the
AsciiDoc 'article', 'book' and 'manpage' document types).
Most Linux distributions come with conversion tools (collectively
called a toolchain) for <> to
presentation formats such as Postscript, HTML, PDF, EPUB, DVI,
PostScript, LaTeX, roff (the native man page format), HTMLHelp,
JavaHelp and text. There are also programs that allow you to view
DocBook files directly, for example http://live.gnome.org/Yelp[Yelp]
(the GNOME help viewer).
[[X12]]
Converting DocBook to other file formats
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
DocBook files are validated, parsed and translated various
presentation file formats using a combination of applications
collectively called a DocBook 'tool chain'. The function of a tool
chain is to read the DocBook markup (produced by AsciiDoc) and
transform it to a presentation format (for example HTML, PDF, HTML
Help, EPUB, DVI, PostScript, LaTeX).
A wide range of user output format requirements coupled with a choice
of available tools and stylesheets results in many valid tool chain
combinations.
[[X43]]
a2x Toolchain Wrapper
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
One of the biggest hurdles for new users is installing, configuring
and using a DocBook XML toolchain. `a2x(1)` can help -- it's a
toolchain wrapper command that will generate XHTML (chunked and
unchunked), PDF, EPUB, DVI, PS, LaTeX, man page, HTML Help and text
file outputs from an AsciiDoc text file. `a2x(1)` does all the grunt
work associated with generating and sequencing the toolchain commands
and managing intermediate and output files. `a2x(1)` also optionally
deploys admonition and navigation icons and a CSS stylesheet. See the
`a2x(1)` man page for more details. In addition to `asciidoc(1)` you
also need <>, <> and
optionally: <> or <> (to generate PDF);
`w3m(1)` or `lynx(1)` (to generate text).
The following examples generate `doc/source-highlight-filter.pdf` from
the AsciiDoc `doc/source-highlight-filter.txt` source file. The first
example uses `dblatex(1)` (the default PDF generator) the second
example forces FOP to be used:
$ a2x -f pdf doc/source-highlight-filter.txt
$ a2x -f pdf --fop doc/source-highlight-filter.txt
See the `a2x(1)` man page for details.
TIP: Use the `--verbose` command-line option to view executed
toolchain commands.
HTML generation
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc produces nicely styled HTML directly without requiring a
DocBook toolchain but there are also advantages in going the DocBook
route:
- HTML from DocBook can optionally include automatically generated
indexes, tables of contents, footnotes, lists of figures and tables.
- DocBook toolchains can also (optionally) generate separate (chunked)
linked HTML pages for each document section.
- Toolchain processing performs link and document validity checks.
- If the DocBook 'lang' attribute is set then things like table of
contents, figure and table captions and admonition captions will be
output in the specified language (setting the AsciiDoc 'lang'
attribute sets the DocBook 'lang' attribute).
On the other hand, HTML output directly from AsciiDoc is much faster,
is easily customized and can be used in situations where there is no
suitable DocBook toolchain (for example, see the {website}[AsciiDoc
website]).
PDF generation
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
There are two commonly used tools to generate PDFs from DocBook,
<> and <>.
.dblatex or FOP?
- 'dblatex' is easier to install, there's zero configuration
required and no Java VM to install -- it just works out of the box.
- 'dblatex' source code highlighting and numbering is superb.
- 'dblatex' is easier to use as it converts DocBook directly to PDF
whereas before using 'FOP' you have to convert DocBook to XML-FO
using <>.
- 'FOP' is more feature complete (for example, callouts are processed
inside literal layouts) and arguably produces nicer looking output.
HTML Help generation
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
. Convert DocBook XML documents to HTML Help compiler source files
using <> and <>.
. Convert the HTML Help source (`.hhp` and `.html`) files to HTML Help
(`.chm`) files using the <>.
Toolchain components summary
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc::
Converts AsciiDoc (`.txt`) files to DocBook XML (`.xml`) files.
[[X13]]http://docbook.sourceforge.net/projects/xsl/[DocBook XSL Stylesheets]::
These are a set of XSL stylesheets containing rules for converting
DocBook XML documents to HTML, XSL-FO, manpage and HTML Help files.
The stylesheets are used in conjunction with an XML parser such as
<>.
[[X40]]http://www.xmlsoft.org[xsltproc]::
An XML parser for applying XSLT stylesheets (in our case the
<>) to XML documents.
[[X31]]http://dblatex.sourceforge.net/[dblatex]::
Generates PDF, DVI, PostScript and LaTeX formats directly from
DocBook source via the intermediate LaTeX typesetting language --
uses <>, <> and
`latex(1)`.
[[X14]]http://xml.apache.org/fop/[FOP]::
The Apache Formatting Objects Processor converts XSL-FO (`.fo`)
files to PDF files. The XSL-FO files are generated from DocBook
source files using <> and
<>.
[[X67]]Microsoft Help Compiler::
The Microsoft HTML Help Compiler (`hhc.exe`) is a command-line tool
that converts HTML Help source files to a single HTML Help (`.chm`)
file. It runs on MS Windows platforms and can be downloaded from
http://www.microsoft.com.
AsciiDoc dblatex configuration files
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The AsciiDoc distribution `./dblatex` directory contains
`asciidoc-dblatex.xsl` (customized XSL parameter settings) and
`asciidoc-dblatex.sty` (customized LaTeX settings). These are examples
of optional <> output customization and are used by
<>.
AsciiDoc DocBook XSL Stylesheets drivers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
You will have noticed that the distributed HTML and HTML Help
documentation files (for example `./doc/asciidoc.html`) are not the
plain outputs produced using the default 'DocBook XSL Stylesheets'
configuration. This is because they have been processed using
customized DocBook XSL Stylesheets along with (in the case of HTML
outputs) the custom `./stylesheets/docbook-xsl.css` CSS stylesheet.
You'll find the customized DocBook XSL drivers along with additional
documentation in the distribution `./docbook-xsl` directory. The
examples that follow are executed from the distribution documentation
(`./doc`) directory. These drivers are also used by <>.
`common.xsl`::
Shared driver parameters. This file is not used directly but is
included in all the following drivers.
`chunked.xsl`::
Generate chunked XHTML (separate HTML pages for each document
section) in the `./doc/chunked` directory. For example:
$ python ../asciidoc.py -b docbook asciidoc.txt
$ xsltproc --nonet ../docbook-xsl/chunked.xsl asciidoc.xml
`epub.xsl`::
Used by <> to generate EPUB formatted documents.
`fo.xsl`::
Generate XSL Formatting Object (`.fo`) files for subsequent PDF
file generation using FOP. For example:
$ python ../asciidoc.py -b docbook article.txt
$ xsltproc --nonet ../docbook-xsl/fo.xsl article.xml > article.fo
$ fop article.fo article.pdf
`htmlhelp.xsl`::
Generate Microsoft HTML Help source files for the MS HTML Help
Compiler in the `./doc/htmlhelp` directory. This example is run on
MS Windows from a Cygwin shell prompt:
$ python ../asciidoc.py -b docbook asciidoc.txt
$ xsltproc --nonet ../docbook-xsl/htmlhelp.xsl asciidoc.xml
$ c:/Program\ Files/HTML\ Help\ Workshop/hhc.exe htmlhelp.hhp
`manpage.xsl`::
Generate a `roff(1)` format UNIX man page from a DocBook XML
'refentry' document. This example generates an `asciidoc.1` man
page file:
$ python ../asciidoc.py -d manpage -b docbook asciidoc.1.txt
$ xsltproc --nonet ../docbook-xsl/manpage.xsl asciidoc.1.xml
`xhtml.xsl`::
Convert a DocBook XML file to a single XHTML file. For example:
$ python ../asciidoc.py -b docbook asciidoc.txt
$ xsltproc --nonet ../docbook-xsl/xhtml.xsl asciidoc.xml > asciidoc.html
If you want to see how the complete documentation set is processed
take a look at the A-A-P script `./doc/main.aap`.
Generating Plain Text Files
---------------------------
AsciiDoc does not have a text backend (for most purposes AsciiDoc
source text is fine), however you can convert AsciiDoc text files to
formatted text using the AsciiDoc <> toolchain wrapper
utility.
[[X35]]
HTML5 and XHTML 1.1
-------------------
The 'xhtml11' and 'html5' backends embed or link CSS and JavaScript
files in their outputs, there is also a <> plugin
framework.
- If the AsciiDoc 'linkcss' attribute is defined then CSS and
JavaScript files are linked to the output document, otherwise they
are embedded (the default behavior).
- The default locations for CSS and JavaScript files can be changed by
setting the AsciiDoc 'stylesdir' and 'scriptsdir' attributes
respectively.
- The default locations for embedded and linked files differ and are
calculated at different times -- embedded files are loaded when
asciidoc(1) generates the output document, linked files are loaded
by the browser when the user views the output document.
- Embedded files are automatically inserted in the output files but
you need to manually copy linked CSS and Javascript files from
AsciiDoc <> to the correct location
relative to the output document.
.Stylesheet file locations
[cols="3*",frame="topbot",options="header"]
|====================================================================
|'stylesdir' attribute
|Linked location ('linkcss' attribute defined)
|Embedded location ('linkcss' attribute undefined)
|Undefined (default).
|Same directory as the output document.
|`stylesheets` subdirectory in the AsciiDoc configuration directory
(the directory containing the backend conf file).
|Absolute or relative directory name.
|Absolute or relative to the output document.
|Absolute or relative to the AsciiDoc configuration directory (the
directory containing the backend conf file).
|====================================================================
.JavaScript file locations
[cols="3*",frame="topbot",options="header"]
|====================================================================
|'scriptsdir' attribute
|Linked location ('linkcss' attribute defined)
|Embedded location ('linkcss' attribute undefined)
|Undefined (default).
|Same directory as the output document.
|`javascripts` subdirectory in the AsciiDoc configuration directory
(the directory containing the backend conf file).
|Absolute or relative directory name.
|Absolute or relative to the output document.
|Absolute or relative to the AsciiDoc configuration directory (the
directory containing the backend conf file).
|====================================================================
[[X99]]
Themes
~~~~~~
The AsciiDoc 'theme' attribute is used to select an alternative CSS
stylesheet and to optionally include additional JavaScript code.
- Theme files reside in an AsciiDoc <>
named `themes//` (where `` is the the theme name set
by the 'theme' attribute). asciidoc(1) sets the 'themedir' attribute
to the theme directory path name.
- The 'theme' attribute can also be set using the asciidoc(1)
`--theme` option, the `--theme` option can also be used to manage
theme <>.
- AsciiDoc ships with two themes: 'flask' and 'volnitsky'.
- The `.css` file replaces the default `asciidoc.css` CSS file.
- The `.js` file is included in addition to the default
`asciidoc.js` JavaScript file.
- If the <> attribute is defined then icons are loaded
from the theme `icons` sub-directory if it exists (i.e. the
'iconsdir' attribute is set to theme `icons` sub-directory path).
- Embedded theme files are automatically inserted in the output files
but you need to manually copy linked CSS and Javascript files to the
location of the output documents.
- Linked CSS and JavaScript theme files are linked to the same linked
locations as <>.
For example, the command-line option `--theme foo` (or `--attribute
theme=foo`) will cause asciidoc(1) to search <<"X27","configuration
file locations 1, 2 and 3">> for a sub-directory called `themes/foo`
containing the stylesheet `foo.css` and optionally a JavaScript file
name `foo.js`.
Document Structure
------------------
An AsciiDoc document consists of a series of <>
starting with an optional document Header, followed by an optional
Preamble, followed by zero or more document Sections.
Almost any combination of zero or more elements constitutes a valid
AsciiDoc document: documents can range from a single sentence to a
multi-part book.
Block Elements
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Block elements consist of one or more lines of text and may contain
other block elements.
The AsciiDoc block structure can be informally summarized as follows
footnote:[This is a rough structural guide, not a rigorous syntax
definition]:
Document ::= (Header?,Preamble?,Section*)
Header ::= (Title,(AuthorInfo,RevisionInfo?)?)
AuthorInfo ::= (FirstName,(MiddleName?,LastName)?,EmailAddress?)
RevisionInfo ::= (RevisionNumber?,RevisionDate,RevisionRemark?)
Preamble ::= (SectionBody)
Section ::= (Title,SectionBody?,(Section)*)
SectionBody ::= ((BlockTitle?,Block)|BlockMacro)+
Block ::= (Paragraph|DelimitedBlock|List|Table)
List ::= (BulletedList|NumberedList|LabeledList|CalloutList)
BulletedList ::= (ListItem)+
NumberedList ::= (ListItem)+
CalloutList ::= (ListItem)+
LabeledList ::= (ListEntry)+
ListEntry ::= (ListLabel,ListItem)
ListLabel ::= (ListTerm+)
ListItem ::= (ItemText,(List|ListParagraph|ListContinuation)*)
Where:
- '?' implies zero or one occurrence, '+' implies one or more
occurrences, '*' implies zero or more occurrences.
- All block elements are separated by line boundaries.
- `BlockId`, `AttributeEntry` and `AttributeList` block elements (not
shown) can occur almost anywhere.
- There are a number of document type and backend specific
restrictions imposed on the block syntax.
- The following elements cannot contain blank lines: Header, Title,
Paragraph, ItemText.
- A ListParagraph is a Paragraph with its 'listelement' option set.
- A ListContinuation is a <>.
[[X95]]
Header
~~~~~~
The Header contains document meta-data, typically title plus optional
authorship and revision information:
- The Header is optional, but if it is used it must start with a
document <>.
- Optional Author and Revision information immediately follows the
header title.
- The document header must be separated from the remainder of the
document by one or more blank lines and cannot contain blank lines.
- The header can include comments.
- The header can include <>, typically
'doctype', 'lang', 'encoding', 'icons', 'data-uri', 'toc',
'numbered'.
- Header attributes are overridden by command-line attributes.
- If the header contains non-UTF-8 characters then the 'encoding' must
precede the header (either in the document or on the command-line).
Here's an example AsciiDoc document header:
Writing Documentation using AsciiDoc
====================================
Joe Bloggs
v2.0, February 2003:
Rewritten for version 2 release.
The author information line contains the author's name optionally
followed by the author's email address. The author's name is formatted
like:
firstname[ [middlename ]lastname][ ]]
i.e. a first name followed by optional middle and last names followed
by an email address in that order. Multi-word first, middle and last
names can be entered using the underscore as a word separator. The
email address comes last and must be enclosed in angle <> brackets.
Here a some examples of author information lines:
Joe Bloggs
Joe Bloggs
Vincent Willem van_Gogh
If the author line does not match the above specification then the
entire author line is treated as the first name.
The optional revision information line follows the author information
line. The revision information can be one of two formats:
. An optional document revision number followed by an optional
revision date followed by an optional revision remark:
+
--
* If the revision number is specified it must be followed by a
comma.
* The revision number must contain at least one numeric character.
* Any non-numeric characters preceding the first numeric character
will be dropped.
* If a revision remark is specified it must be preceded by a colon.
The revision remark extends from the colon up to the next blank
line, attribute entry or comment and is subject to normal text
substitutions.
* If a revision number or remark has been set but the revision date
has not been set then the revision date is set to the value of the
'docdate' attribute.
Examples:
v2.0, February 2003
February 2003
v2.0,
v2.0, February 2003: Rewritten for version 2 release.
February 2003: Rewritten for version 2 release.
v2.0,: Rewritten for version 2 release.
:Rewritten for version 2 release.
--
. The revision information line can also be an RCS/CVS/SVN $Id$
marker:
+
--
* AsciiDoc extracts the 'revnumber', 'revdate', and 'author'
attributes from the $Id$ revision marker and displays them in the
document header.
* If an $Id$ revision marker is used the header author line can be
omitted.
Example:
$Id: mydoc.txt,v 1.5 2009/05/17 17:58:44 jbloggs Exp $
--
You can override or set header parameters by passing 'revnumber',
'revremark', 'revdate', 'email', 'author', 'authorinitials',
'firstname' and 'lastname' attributes using the asciidoc(1) `-a`
(`--attribute`) command-line option. For example:
$ asciidoc -a revdate=2004/07/27 article.txt
Attribute entries can also be added to the header for substitution in
the header template with <> elements.
The 'title' element in HTML outputs is set to the AsciiDoc document
title, you can set it to a different value by including a 'title'
attribute entry in the document header.
[[X87]]
Additional document header information
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
AsciiDoc has two mechanisms for optionally including additional
meta-data in the header of the output document:
'docinfo' configuration file sections::
If a <> section named 'docinfo' has been loaded
then it will be included in the document header. Typically the
'docinfo' section name will be prefixed with a '+' character so that it
is appended to (rather than replace) other 'docinfo' sections.
'docinfo' files::
Two docinfo files are recognized: one named `docinfo` and a second
named like the AsciiDoc source file with a `-docinfo` suffix. For
example, if the source document is called `mydoc.txt` then the
document information files would be `docinfo.xml` and
`mydoc-docinfo.xml` (for DocBook outputs) and `docinfo.html` and
`mydoc-docinfo.html` (for HTML outputs). The <> attributes control which docinfo files are included in
the output files.
The contents docinfo templates and files is dependent on the type of
output:
HTML::
Valid 'head' child elements. Typically 'style' and 'script' elements
for CSS and JavaScript inclusion.
DocBook::
Valid 'articleinfo' or 'bookinfo' child elements. DocBook defines
numerous elements for document meta-data, for example: copyrights,
document history and authorship information. See the DocBook
`./doc/article-docinfo.xml` example that comes with the AsciiDoc
distribution. The rendering of meta-data elements (or not) is
DocBook processor dependent.
[[X86]]
Preamble
~~~~~~~~
The Preamble is an optional untitled section body between the document
Header and the first Section title.
Sections
~~~~~~~~
In addition to the document title (level 0), AsciiDoc supports four
section levels: 1 (top) to 4 (bottom). Section levels are delimited
by section <>. Sections are translated using
configuration file <>. AsciiDoc
generates the following <> specifically for
use in section markup templates:
level::
The `level` attribute is the section level number, it is normally just
the <> level number (1..4). However, if the `leveloffset`
attribute is defined it will be added to the `level` attribute. The
`leveloffset` attribute is useful for <>.
sectnum::
The `-n` (`--section-numbers`) command-line option generates the
`sectnum` (section number) attribute. The `sectnum` attribute is used
for section numbers in HTML outputs (DocBook section numbering are
handled automatically by the DocBook toolchain commands).
[[X93]]
Section markup templates
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Section markup templates specify output markup and are defined in
AsciiDoc configuration files. Section markup template names are
derived as follows (in order of precedence):
1. From the title's first positional attribute or 'template'
attribute. For example, the following three section titles are
functionally equivalent:
+
.....................................................................
[[terms]]
[glossary]
List of Terms
-------------
["glossary",id="terms"]
List of Terms
-------------
[template="glossary",id="terms"]
List of Terms
-------------
.....................................................................
2. When the title text matches a configuration file
<> entry.
3. If neither of the above the default `sect` template is used
(where `` is a number from 1 to 4).
In addition to the normal section template names ('sect1', 'sect2',
'sect3', 'sect4') AsciiDoc has the following templates for
frontmatter, backmatter and other special sections: 'abstract',
'preface', 'colophon', 'dedication', 'glossary', 'bibliography',
'synopsis', 'appendix', 'index'. These special section templates
generate the corresponding Docbook elements; for HTML outputs they
default to the 'sect1' section template.
Section IDs
^^^^^^^^^^^
If no explicit section ID is specified an ID will be synthesised from
the section title. The primary purpose of this feature is to ensure
persistence of table of contents links (permalinks): the missing
section IDs are generated dynamically by the JavaScript TOC generator
*after* the page is loaded. If you link to a dynamically generated TOC
address the page will load but the browser will ignore the (as yet
ungenerated) section ID.
The IDs are generated by the following algorithm:
- Replace all non-alphanumeric title characters with underscores.
- Strip leading or trailing underscores.
- Convert to lowercase.
- Prepend the `idprefix` attribute (so there's no possibility of name
clashes with existing document IDs). Prepend an underscore if the
`idprefix` attribute is not defined.
- A numbered suffix (`_2`, `_3` ...) is added if a same named
auto-generated section ID exists.
- If the `ascii-ids` attribute is defined then non-ASCII characters
are replaced with ASCII equivalents. This attribute may be
deprecated in future releases and *should be avoided*, it's sole
purpose is to accommodate deficient downstream applications that
cannot process non-ASCII ID attributes.
Example: the title 'Jim's House' would generate the ID `_jim_s_house`.
Section ID synthesis can be disabled by undefining the `sectids`
attribute.
[[X16]]
Special Section Titles
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
AsciiDoc has a mechanism for mapping predefined section titles
auto-magically to specific markup templates. For example a title
'Appendix A: Code Reference' will automatically use the 'appendix'
<>. The mappings from title to template
name are specified in `[specialsections]` sections in the Asciidoc
language configuration files (`lang-*.conf`). Section entries are
formatted like:
=<template>
`<title>` is a Python regular expression and `<template>` is the name
of a configuration file markup template section. If the `<title>`
matches an AsciiDoc document section title then the backend output is
marked up using the `<template>` markup template (instead of the
default `sect<level>` section template). The `{title}` attribute value
is set to the value of the matched regular expression group named
'title', if there is no 'title' group `{title}` defaults to the whole
of the AsciiDoc section title. If `<template>` is blank then any
existing entry with the same `<title>` will be deleted.
.Special section titles vs. explicit template names
*********************************************************************
AsciiDoc has two mechanisms for specifying non-default section markup
templates: you can specify the template name explicitly (using the
'template' attribute) or indirectly (using 'special section titles').
Specifying a <<X93,section template>> attribute explicitly is
preferred. Auto-magical 'special section titles' have the following
drawbacks:
- They are non-obvious, you have to know the exact matching
title for each special section on a language by language basis.
- Section titles are predefined and can only be customised with a
configuration change.
- The implementation is complicated by multiple languages: every
special section title has to be defined for each language (in each
of the `lang-*.conf` files).
Specifying special section template names explicitly does add more
noise to the source document (the 'template' attribute declaration),
but the intention is obvious and the syntax is consistent with other
AsciiDoc elements c.f. bibliographic, Q&A and glossary lists.
Special section titles have been deprecated but are retained for
backward compatibility.
*********************************************************************
Inline Elements
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
<<X34,Inline document elements>> are used to format text and to
perform various types of text substitution. Inline elements and inline
element syntax is defined in the asciidoc(1) configuration files.
Here is a list of AsciiDoc inline elements in the (default) order in
which they are processed:
Special characters::
These character sequences escape special characters used by
the backend markup (typically `<`, `>`, and `&` characters).
See `[specialcharacters]` configuration file sections.
Quotes::
Elements that markup words and phrases; usually for character
formatting. See `[quotes]` configuration file sections.
Special Words::
Word or word phrase patterns singled out for markup without
the need for further annotation. See `[specialwords]`
configuration file sections.
Replacements::
Each replacement defines a word or word phrase pattern to
search for along with corresponding replacement text. See
`[replacements]` configuration file sections.
Attribute references::
Document attribute names enclosed in braces are replaced by
the corresponding attribute value.
Inline Macros::
Inline macros are replaced by the contents of parametrized
configuration file sections.
Document Processing
-------------------
The AsciiDoc source document is read and processed as follows:
1. The document 'Header' is parsed, header parameter values are
substituted into the configuration file `[header]` template section
which is then written to the output file.
2. Each document 'Section' is processed and its constituent elements
translated to the output file.
3. The configuration file `[footer]` template section is substituted
and written to the output file.
When a block element is encountered asciidoc(1) determines the type of
block by checking in the following order (first to last): (section)
Titles, BlockMacros, Lists, DelimitedBlocks, Tables, AttributeEntrys,
AttributeLists, BlockTitles, Paragraphs.
The default paragraph definition `[paradef-default]` is last element
to be checked.
Knowing the parsing order will help you devise unambiguous macro, list
and block syntax rules.
Inline substitutions within block elements are performed in the
following default order:
1. Special characters
2. Quotes
3. Special words
4. Replacements
5. Attributes
6. Inline Macros
7. Replacements2
The substitutions and substitution order performed on
Title, Paragraph and DelimitedBlock elements is determined by
configuration file parameters.
Text Formatting
---------------
[[X51]]
Quoted Text
~~~~~~~~~~~
Words and phrases can be formatted by enclosing inline text with
quote characters:
_Emphasized text_::
Word phrases \'enclosed in single quote characters' (acute
accents) or \_underline characters_ are emphasized.
*Strong text*::
Word phrases \*enclosed in asterisk characters* are rendered
in a strong font (usually bold).
[[X81]]+Monospaced text+::
Word phrases \+enclosed in plus characters+ are rendered in a
monospaced font. Word phrases \`enclosed in backtick
characters` (grave accents) are also rendered in a monospaced
font but in this case the enclosed text is rendered literally
and is not subject to further expansion (see <<X80,inline
literal passthrough>>).
`Single quoted text'::
Phrases enclosed with a \`single grave accent to the left and
a single acute accent to the right' are rendered in single
quotation marks.
``Double quoted text''::
Phrases enclosed with \\``two grave accents to the left and
two acute accents to the right'' are rendered in quotation
marks.
#Unquoted text#::
Placing \#hashes around text# does nothing, it is a mechanism
to allow inline attributes to be applied to otherwise
unformatted text.
New quote types can be defined by editing asciidoc(1) configuration
files. See the <<X7,Configuration Files>> section for details.
.Quoted text behavior
- Quoting cannot be overlapped.
- Different quoting types can be nested.
- To suppress quoted text formatting place a backslash character
immediately in front of the leading quote character(s). In the case
of ambiguity between escaped and non-escaped text you will need to
escape both leading and trailing quotes, in the case of
multi-character quotes you may even need to escape individual
characters.
[[X96]]
Quoted text attributes
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Quoted text can be prefixed with an <<X21,attribute list>>. The first
positional attribute ('role' attribute) is translated by AsciiDoc to
an HTML 'span' element 'class' attribute or a DocBook 'phrase' element
'role' attribute.
DocBook XSL Stylesheets translate DocBook 'phrase' elements with
'role' attributes to corresponding HTML 'span' elements with the same
'class' attributes; CSS can then be used
http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/UsingCSS.html[to style the
generated HTML]. Thus CSS styling can be applied to both DocBook and
AsciiDoc generated HTML outputs. You can also specify multiple class
names separated by spaces.
CSS rules for text color, text background color, text size and text
decorators are included in the distributed AsciiDoc CSS files and are
used in conjunction with AsciiDoc 'xhtml11', 'html5' and 'docbook'
outputs. The CSS class names are:
- '<color>' (text foreground color).
- '<color>-background' (text background color).
- 'big' and 'small' (text size).
- 'underline', 'overline' and 'line-through' (strike through) text
decorators.
Where '<color>' can be any of the
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#HTML_color_names[sixteen HTML
color names]. Examples:
[red]#Obvious# and [big red yellow-background]*very obvious*.
[underline]#Underline text#, [overline]#overline text# and
[blue line-through]*bold blue and line-through*.
is rendered as:
[red]#Obvious# and [big red yellow-background]*very obvious*.
[underline]#Underline text#, [overline]#overline text# and
[bold blue line-through]*bold blue and line-through*.
NOTE: Color and text decorator attributes are rendered for XHTML and
HTML 5 outputs using CSS stylesheets. The mechanism to implement
color and text decorator attributes is provided for DocBook toolchains
via the DocBook 'phrase' element 'role' attribute, but the actual
rendering is toolchain specific and is not part of the AsciiDoc
distribution.
[[X52]]
Constrained and Unconstrained Quotes
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
There are actually two types of quotes:
Constrained quotes
++++++++++++++++++
Quoted must be bounded by white space or commonly adjoining
punctuation characters. These are the most commonly used type of
quote.
Unconstrained quotes
++++++++++++++++++++
Unconstrained quotes have no boundary constraints and can be placed
anywhere within inline text. For consistency and to make them easier
to remember unconstrained quotes are double-ups of the `_`, `*`, `+`
and `#` constrained quotes:
__unconstrained emphasized text__
**unconstrained strong text**
++unconstrained monospaced text++
##unconstrained unquoted text##
The following example emboldens the letter F:
**F**ile Open...
Superscripts and Subscripts
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Put \^carets on either^ side of the text to be superscripted, put
\~tildes on either side~ of text to be subscripted. For example, the
following line:
e^πi^+1 = 0. H~2~O and x^10^. Some ^super text^
and ~some sub text~
Is rendered like:
e^πi^+1 = 0. H~2~O and x^10^. Some ^super text^
and ~some sub text~
Superscripts and subscripts are implemented as <<X52,unconstrained
quotes>> and they can be escaped with a leading backslash and prefixed
with with an attribute list.
Line Breaks
~~~~~~~~~~~
A plus character preceded by at least one space character at the end
of a non-blank line forces a line break. It generates a line break
(`br`) tag for HTML outputs and a custom XML `asciidoc-br` processing
instruction for DocBook outputs. The `asciidoc-br` processing
instruction is handled by <<X43,a2x(1)>>.
Page Breaks
~~~~~~~~~~~
A line of three or more less-than (`<<<`) characters will generate a
hard page break in DocBook and printed HTML outputs. It uses the CSS
`page-break-after` property for HTML outputs and a custom XML
`asciidoc-pagebreak` processing instruction for DocBook outputs. The
`asciidoc-pagebreak` processing instruction is handled by
<<X43,a2x(1)>>. Hard page breaks are sometimes handy but as a general
rule you should let your page processor generate page breaks for you.
Rulers
~~~~~~
A line of three or more apostrophe characters will generate a ruler
line. It generates a ruler (`hr`) tag for HTML outputs and a custom
XML `asciidoc-hr` processing instruction for DocBook outputs. The
`asciidoc-hr` processing instruction is handled by <<X43,a2x(1)>>.
Tabs
~~~~
By default tab characters input files will translated to 8 spaces. Tab
expansion is set with the 'tabsize' entry in the configuration file
`[miscellaneous]` section and can be overridden in included files by
setting a 'tabsize' attribute in the `include` macro's attribute list.
For example:
include::addendum.txt[tabsize=2]
The tab size can also be set using the attribute command-line option,
for example `--attribute tabsize=4`
Replacements
~~~~~~~~~~~~
The following replacements are defined in the default AsciiDoc
configuration:
(C) copyright, (TM) trademark, (R) registered trademark,
-- em dash, ... ellipsis, -> right arrow, <- left arrow, => right
double arrow, <= left double arrow.
Which are rendered as:
(C) copyright, (TM) trademark, (R) registered trademark,
-- em dash, ... ellipsis, -> right arrow, <- left arrow, => right
double arrow, <= left double arrow.
You can also include arbitrary entity references in the AsciiDoc
source. Examples:
➊ ¶
renders:
➊ ¶
To render a replacement literally escape it with a leading back-slash.
The <<X7,Configuration Files>> section explains how to configure your
own replacements.
Special Words
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Words defined in `[specialwords]` configuration file sections are
automatically marked up without having to be explicitly notated.
The <<X7,Configuration Files>> section explains how to add and replace
special words.
[[X17]]
Titles
------
Document and section titles can be in either of two formats:
Two line titles
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A two line title consists of a title line, starting hard against the
left margin, and an underline. Section underlines consist a repeated
character pairs spanning the width of the preceding title (give or
take up to two characters):
The default title underlines for each of the document levels are:
Level 0 (top level): ======================
Level 1: ----------------------
Level 2: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Level 3: ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Level 4 (bottom level): ++++++++++++++++++++++
Examples:
Level One Section Title
-----------------------
Level 2 Subsection Title
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[[X46]]
One line titles
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
One line titles consist of a single line delimited on either side by
one or more equals characters (the number of equals characters
corresponds to the section level minus one). Here are some examples:
= Document Title (level 0) =
== Section title (level 1) ==
=== Section title (level 2) ===
==== Section title (level 3) ====
===== Section title (level 4) =====
[NOTE]
=====================================================================
- One or more spaces must fall between the title and the delimiters.
- The trailing title delimiter is optional.
- The one-line title syntax can be changed by editing the
configuration file `[titles]` section `sect0`...`sect4` entries.
=====================================================================
Floating titles
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Setting the title's first positional attribute or 'style' attribute to
'float' generates a free-floating title. A free-floating title is
rendered just like a normal section title but is not formally
associated with a text body and is not part of the regular section
hierarchy so the normal ordering rules do not apply. Floating titles
can also be used in contexts where section titles are illegal: for
example sidebar and admonition blocks. Example:
[float]
The second day
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Floating titles do not appear in a document's table of contents.
[[X42]]
Block Titles
------------
A 'BlockTitle' element is a single line beginning with a period
followed by the title text. A BlockTitle is applied to the immediately
following Paragraph, DelimitedBlock, List, Table or BlockMacro. For
example:
........................
.Notes
- Note 1.
- Note 2.
........................
is rendered as:
.Notes
- Note 1.
- Note 2.
[[X41]]
BlockId Element
---------------
A 'BlockId' is a single line block element containing a unique
identifier enclosed in double square brackets. It is used to assign an
identifier to the ensuing block element. For example:
[[chapter-titles]]
Chapter titles can be ...
The preceding example identifies the ensuing paragraph so it can be
referenced from other locations, for example with
`<<chapter-titles,chapter titles>>`.
'BlockId' elements can be applied to Title, Paragraph, List,
DelimitedBlock, Table and BlockMacro elements. The BlockId element
sets the `{id}` attribute for substitution in the subsequent block's
markup template. If a second positional argument is supplied it sets
the `{reftext}` attribute which is used to set the DocBook `xreflabel`
attribute.
The 'BlockId' element has the same syntax and serves the same function
to the <<X30,anchor inline macro>>.
[[X79]]
AttributeList Element
---------------------
An 'AttributeList' block element is an <<X21,attribute list>> on a
line by itself:
- 'AttributeList' attributes are only applied to the immediately
following block element -- the attributes are made available to the
block's markup template.
- Multiple contiguous 'AttributeList' elements are additively combined
in the order they appear..
- The first positional attribute in the list is often used to specify
the ensuing element's <<X23,style>>.
Attribute value substitution
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
By default, only substitutions that take place inside attribute list
values are attribute references, this is because not all attributes
are destined to be marked up and rendered as text (for example the
table 'cols' attribute). To perform normal inline text substitutions
(special characters, quotes, macros, replacements) on an attribute
value you need to enclose it in single quotes. In the following quote
block the second attribute value in the AttributeList is quoted to
ensure the 'http' macro is expanded to a hyperlink.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[quote,'http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Samuel_Johnson[Samuel Johnson]']
_____________________________________________________________________
Sir, a woman's preaching is like a dog's walking on his hind legs. It
is not done well; but you are surprised to find it done at all.
_____________________________________________________________________
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Common attributes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Most block elements support the following attributes:
[cols="1e,1,5a",frame="topbot",options="header"]
|====================================================================
|Name |Backends |Description
|id |html4, html5, xhtml11, docbook |
Unique identifier typically serve as link targets.
Can also be set by the 'BlockId' element.
|role |html4, html5, xhtml11, docbook |
Role contains a string used to classify or subclassify an element and
can be applied to AsciiDoc block elements. The AsciiDoc 'role'
attribute is translated to the 'role' attribute in DocBook outputs and
is included in the 'class' attribute in HTML outputs, in this respect
it behaves like the <<X96,quoted text role attribute>>.
DocBook XSL Stylesheets translate DocBook 'role' attributes to HTML
'class' attributes; CSS can then be used
http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/UsingCSS.html[to style the
generated HTML].
|reftext |docbook |
'reftext' is used to set the DocBook 'xreflabel' attribute.
The 'reftext' attribute can an also be set by the 'BlockId' element.
|====================================================================
Paragraphs
----------
Paragraphs are blocks of text terminated by a blank line, the end of
file, or the start of a delimited block or a list. There are three
paragraph syntaxes: normal, indented (literal) and admonition which
are rendered, by default, with the corresponding paragraph style.
Each syntax has a default style, but you can explicitly apply any
paragraph style to any paragraph syntax. You can also apply
<<X104,delimited block>> styles to single paragraphs.
The built-in paragraph styles are: 'normal', 'literal', 'verse',
'quote', 'listing', 'TIP', 'NOTE', 'IMPORTANT', 'WARNING', 'CAUTION',
'abstract', 'partintro', 'comment', 'example', 'sidebar', 'source',
'music', 'latex', 'graphviz'.
normal paragraph syntax
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Normal paragraph syntax consists of one or more non-blank lines of
text. The first line must start hard against the left margin (no
intervening white space). The default processing expectation is that
of a normal paragraph of text.
[[X85]]
literal paragraph syntax
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Literal paragraphs are rendered verbatim in a monospaced font without
any distinguishing background or border. By default there is no text
formatting or substitutions within Literal paragraphs apart from
Special Characters and Callouts.
The 'literal' style is applied implicitly to indented paragraphs i.e.
where the first line of the paragraph is indented by one or more space
or tab characters. For example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Consul *necessitatibus* per id,
consetetur, eu pro everti postulant
homero verear ea mea, qui.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Renders:
Consul *necessitatibus* per id,
consetetur, eu pro everti postulant
homero verear ea mea, qui.
NOTE: Because <<X64,lists>> can be indented it's possible for your
indented paragraph to be misinterpreted as a list -- in situations
like this apply the 'literal' style to a normal paragraph.
Instead of using a paragraph indent you could apply the 'literal'
style explicitly, for example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[literal]
Consul *necessitatibus* per id,
consetetur, eu pro everti postulant
homero verear ea mea, qui.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Renders:
[literal]
Consul *necessitatibus* per id,
consetetur, eu pro everti postulant
homero verear ea mea, qui.
[[X94]]
quote and verse paragraph styles
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The optional 'attribution' and 'citetitle' attributes (positional
attributes 2 and 3) specify the author and source respectively.
The 'verse' style retains the line breaks, for example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[verse, William Blake, from Auguries of Innocence]
To see a world in a grain of sand,
And a heaven in a wild flower,
Hold infinity in the palm of your hand,
And eternity in an hour.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which is rendered as:
[verse, William Blake, from Auguries of Innocence]
To see a world in a grain of sand,
And a heaven in a wild flower,
Hold infinity in the palm of your hand,
And eternity in an hour.
The 'quote' style flows the text at left and right margins, for
example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[quote, Bertrand Russell, The World of Mathematics (1956)]
A good notation has subtlety and suggestiveness which at times makes
it almost seem like a live teacher.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which is rendered as:
[quote, Bertrand Russell, The World of Mathematics (1956)]
A good notation has subtlety and suggestiveness which at times makes
it almost seem like a live teacher.
[[X28]]
Admonition Paragraphs
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
'TIP', 'NOTE', 'IMPORTANT', 'WARNING' and 'CAUTION' admonishment
paragraph styles are generated by placing `NOTE:`, `TIP:`,
`IMPORTANT:`, `WARNING:` or `CAUTION:` as the first word of the
paragraph. For example:
NOTE: This is an example note.
Alternatively, you can specify the paragraph admonition style
explicitly using an <<X79,AttributeList element>>. For example:
[NOTE]
This is an example note.
Renders:
NOTE: This is an example note.
TIP: If your admonition requires more than a single paragraph use an
<<X22,admonition block>> instead.
[[X47]]
Admonition Icons and Captions
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
NOTE: Admonition customization with `icons`, `iconsdir`, `icon` and
`caption` attributes does not apply when generating DocBook output. If
you are going the DocBook route then the <<X43,a2x(1)>> `--no-icons`
and `--icons-dir` options can be used to set the appropriate XSL
Stylesheets parameters.
By default the asciidoc(1) HTML backends generate text captions
instead of admonition icon image links. To generate links to icon
images define the <<X45,`icons`>> attribute, for example using the `-a
icons` command-line option.
The <<X44,`iconsdir`>> attribute sets the location of linked icon
images.
You can override the default icon image using the `icon` attribute to
specify the path of the linked image. For example:
[icon="./images/icons/wink.png"]
NOTE: What lovely war.
Use the `caption` attribute to customize the admonition captions (not
applicable to `docbook` backend). The following example suppresses the
icon image and customizes the caption of a 'NOTE' admonition
(undefining the `icons` attribute with `icons=None` is only necessary
if <<X45,admonition icons>> have been enabled):
[icons=None, caption="My Special Note"]
NOTE: This is my special note.
This subsection also applies to <<X22,Admonition Blocks>>.
[[X104]]
Delimited Blocks
----------------
Delimited blocks are blocks of text enveloped by leading and trailing
delimiter lines (normally a series of four or more repeated
characters). The behavior of Delimited Blocks is specified by entries
in configuration file `[blockdef-*]` sections.
Predefined Delimited Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc ships with a number of predefined DelimitedBlocks (see the
`asciidoc.conf` configuration file in the asciidoc(1) program
directory):
Predefined delimited block underlines:
CommentBlock: //////////////////////////
PassthroughBlock: ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
ListingBlock: --------------------------
LiteralBlock: ..........................
SidebarBlock: **************************
QuoteBlock: __________________________
ExampleBlock: ==========================
OpenBlock: --
.Default DelimitedBlock substitutions
[cols="2e,7*^",frame="topbot",options="header,autowidth"]
|=====================================================
| |Attributes |Callouts |Macros | Quotes |Replacements
|Special chars |Special words
|PassthroughBlock |Yes |No |Yes |No |No |No |No
|ListingBlock |No |Yes |No |No |No |Yes |No
|LiteralBlock |No |Yes |No |No |No |Yes |No
|SidebarBlock |Yes |No |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes
|QuoteBlock |Yes |No |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes
|ExampleBlock |Yes |No |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes
|OpenBlock |Yes |No |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes |Yes
|=====================================================
Listing Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
'ListingBlocks' are rendered verbatim in a monospaced font, they
retain line and whitespace formatting and are often distinguished by a
background or border. There is no text formatting or substitutions
within Listing blocks apart from Special Characters and Callouts.
Listing blocks are often used for computer output and file listings.
Here's an example:
[listing]
......................................
--------------------------------------
#include <stdio.h>
int main() {
printf("Hello World!\n");
exit(0);
}
--------------------------------------
......................................
Which will be rendered like:
--------------------------------------
#include <stdio.h>
int main() {
printf("Hello World!\n");
exit(0);
}
--------------------------------------
By convention <<X59,filter blocks>> use the listing block syntax and
are implemented as distinct listing block styles.
[[X65]]
Literal Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
'LiteralBlocks' are rendered just like <<X85,literal paragraphs>>.
Example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
...................................
Consul *necessitatibus* per id,
consetetur, eu pro everti postulant
homero verear ea mea, qui.
...................................
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Renders:
...................................
Consul *necessitatibus* per id,
consetetur, eu pro everti postulant
homero verear ea mea, qui.
...................................
If the 'listing' style is applied to a LiteralBlock it will be
rendered as a ListingBlock (this is handy if you have a listing
containing a ListingBlock).
Sidebar Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A sidebar is a short piece of text presented outside the narrative
flow of the main text. The sidebar is normally presented inside a
bordered box to set it apart from the main text.
The sidebar body is treated like a normal section body.
Here's an example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.An Example Sidebar
************************************************
Any AsciiDoc SectionBody element (apart from
SidebarBlocks) can be placed inside a sidebar.
************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which will be rendered like:
.An Example Sidebar
************************************************
Any AsciiDoc SectionBody element (apart from
SidebarBlocks) can be placed inside a sidebar.
************************************************
[[X26]]
Comment Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The contents of 'CommentBlocks' are not processed; they are useful for
annotations and for excluding new or outdated content that you don't
want displayed. CommentBlocks are never written to output files.
Example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
//////////////////////////////////////////
CommentBlock contents are not processed by
asciidoc(1).
//////////////////////////////////////////
---------------------------------------------------------------------
See also <<X25,Comment Lines>>.
NOTE: System macros are executed inside comment blocks.
[[X76]]
Passthrough Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
By default the block contents is subject only to 'attributes' and
'macros' substitutions (use an explicit 'subs' attribute to apply
different substitutions). PassthroughBlock content will often be
backend specific. Here's an example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[subs="quotes"]
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
<table border="1"><tr>
<td>*Cell 1*</td>
<td>*Cell 2*</td>
</tr></table>
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The following styles can be applied to passthrough blocks:
pass::
No substitutions are performed. This is equivalent to `subs="none"`.
asciimath, latexmath::
By default no substitutions are performed, the contents are rendered
as <<X78,mathematical formulas>>.
Quote Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~
'QuoteBlocks' are used for quoted passages of text. There are two
styles: 'quote' and 'verse'. The style behavior is identical to
<<X94,quote and verse paragraphs>> except that blocks can contain
multiple paragraphs and, in the case of the 'quote' style, other
section elements. The first positional attribute sets the style, if
no attributes are specified the 'quote' style is used. The optional
'attribution' and 'citetitle' attributes (positional attributes 2 and
3) specify the quote's author and source. For example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[quote, Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes]
____________________________________________________________________
As he spoke there was the sharp sound of horses' hoofs and
grating wheels against the curb, followed by a sharp pull at the
bell. Holmes whistled.
"A pair, by the sound," said he. "Yes," he continued, glancing
out of the window. "A nice little brougham and a pair of
beauties. A hundred and fifty guineas apiece. There's money in
this case, Watson, if there is nothing else."
____________________________________________________________________
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which is rendered as:
[quote, Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes]
____________________________________________________________________
As he spoke there was the sharp sound of horses' hoofs and
grating wheels against the curb, followed by a sharp pull at the
bell. Holmes whistled.
"A pair, by the sound," said he. "Yes," he continued, glancing
out of the window. "A nice little brougham and a pair of
beauties. A hundred and fifty guineas apiece. There's money in
this case, Watson, if there is nothing else."
____________________________________________________________________
[[X48]]
Example Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
'ExampleBlocks' encapsulate the DocBook Example element and are used
for, well, examples. Example blocks can be titled by preceding them
with a 'BlockTitle'. DocBook toolchains will normally automatically
number examples and generate a 'List of Examples' backmatter section.
Example blocks are delimited by lines of equals characters and can
contain any block elements apart from Titles, BlockTitles and
Sidebars) inside an example block. For example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.An example
=====================================================================
Qui in magna commodo, est labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis
adolescens.
=====================================================================
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Renders:
.An example
=====================================================================
Qui in magna commodo, est labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis
adolescens.
=====================================================================
A title prefix that can be inserted with the `caption` attribute
(HTML backends). For example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[caption="Example 1: "]
.An example with a custom caption
=====================================================================
Qui in magna commodo, est labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis
adolescens.
=====================================================================
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[[X22]]
Admonition Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The 'ExampleBlock' definition includes a set of admonition
<<X23,styles>> ('NOTE', 'TIP', 'IMPORTANT', 'WARNING', 'CAUTION') for
generating admonition blocks (admonitions containing more than a
<<X28,single paragraph>>). Just precede the 'ExampleBlock' with an
attribute list specifying the admonition style name. For example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[NOTE]
.A NOTE admonition block
=====================================================================
Qui in magna commodo, est labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis
adolescens.
. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
.. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
.. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
. Donec eget arcu bibendum
nunc consequat lobortis.
=====================================================================
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Renders:
[NOTE]
.A NOTE admonition block
=====================================================================
Qui in magna commodo, est labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis
adolescens.
. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
.. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
.. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
. Donec eget arcu bibendum
nunc consequat lobortis.
=====================================================================
See also <<X47,Admonition Icons and Captions>>.
[[X29]]
Open Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~
Open blocks are special:
- The open block delimiter is line containing two hyphen characters
(instead of four or more repeated characters).
- They can be used to group block elements for <<X15,List item
continuation>>.
- Open blocks can be styled to behave like any other type of delimited
block. The following built-in styles can be applied to open
blocks: 'literal', 'verse', 'quote', 'listing', 'TIP', 'NOTE',
'IMPORTANT', 'WARNING', 'CAUTION', 'abstract', 'partintro',
'comment', 'example', 'sidebar', 'source', 'music', 'latex',
'graphviz'. For example, the following open block and listing block
are functionally identical:
[listing]
--
Lorum ipsum ...
--
---------------
Lorum ipsum ...
---------------
- An unstyled open block groups section elements but otherwise does
nothing.
Open blocks are used to generate document abstracts and book part
introductions:
- Apply the 'abstract' style to generate an abstract, for example:
[abstract]
--
In this paper we will ...
--
. Apply the 'partintro' style to generate a book part introduction for
a multi-part book, for example:
[partintro]
.Optional part introduction title
--
Optional part introduction goes here.
--
[[X64]]
Lists
-----
.List types
- Bulleted lists. Also known as itemized or unordered lists.
- Numbered lists. Also called ordered lists.
- Labeled lists. Sometimes called variable or definition lists.
- Callout lists (a list of callout annotations).
.List behavior
- List item indentation is optional and does not determine nesting,
indentation does however make the source more readable.
- Another list or a literal paragraph immediately following a list
item will be implicitly included in the list item; use <<X15, list
item continuation>> to explicitly append other block elements to a
list item.
- A comment block or a comment line block macro element will terminate
a list -- use inline comment lines to put comments inside lists.
- The `listindex` <<X60,intrinsic attribute>> is the current list item
index (1..). If this attribute is used outside a list then it's value
is the number of items in the most recently closed list. Useful for
displaying the number of items in a list.
Bulleted Lists
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bulleted list items start with a single dash or one to five asterisks
followed by some white space then some text. Bulleted list syntaxes
are:
...................
- List item.
* List item.
** List item.
*** List item.
**** List item.
***** List item.
...................
Numbered Lists
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
List item numbers are explicit or implicit.
.Explicit numbering
List items begin with a number followed by some white space then the
item text. The numbers can be decimal (arabic), roman (upper or lower
case) or alpha (upper or lower case). Decimal and alpha numbers are
terminated with a period, roman numbers are terminated with a closing
parenthesis. The different terminators are necessary to ensure 'i',
'v' and 'x' roman numbers are are distinguishable from 'x', 'v' and
'x' alpha numbers. Examples:
.....................................................................
1. Arabic (decimal) numbered list item.
a. Lower case alpha (letter) numbered list item.
F. Upper case alpha (letter) numbered list item.
iii) Lower case roman numbered list item.
IX) Upper case roman numbered list item.
.....................................................................
.Implicit numbering
List items begin one to five period characters, followed by some white
space then the item text. Examples:
.....................................................................
. Arabic (decimal) numbered list item.
.. Lower case alpha (letter) numbered list item.
... Lower case roman numbered list item.
.... Upper case alpha (letter) numbered list item.
..... Upper case roman numbered list item.
.....................................................................
You can use the 'style' attribute (also the first positional
attribute) to specify an alternative numbering style. The numbered
list style can be one of the following values: 'arabic', 'loweralpha',
'upperalpha', 'lowerroman', 'upperroman'.
Here are some examples of bulleted and numbered lists:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Praesent eget purus quis magna eleifend eleifend.
1. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
a. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
b. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
c. Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
2. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
i) Fusce euismod commodo velit.
ii) Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
3. Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
4. Nam fermentum mattis ante.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.
* Fusce euismod commodo velit.
** Qui in magna commodo, est labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis
adolescens. Sit munere ponderum dignissim et. Minim luptatum et
vel.
** Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
* Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
- Nulla porttitor vulputate libero.
. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
[upperroman]
.. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
.. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
. Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which render as:
- Praesent eget purus quis magna eleifend eleifend.
1. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
a. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
b. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
c. Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
2. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
i) Fusce euismod commodo velit.
ii) Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
3. Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
4. Nam fermentum mattis ante.
- Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.
* Fusce euismod commodo velit.
** Qui in magna commodo, est labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis
adolescens. Sit munere ponderum dignissim et. Minim luptatum et
vel.
** Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
* Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
- Nulla porttitor vulputate libero.
. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
[upperroman]
.. Fusce euismod commodo velit.
.. Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
. Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
A predefined 'compact' option is available to bulleted and numbered
lists -- this translates to the DocBook 'spacing="compact"' lists
attribute which may or may not be processed by the DocBook toolchain.
Example:
[options="compact"]
- Compact list item.
- Another compact list item.
TIP: To apply the 'compact' option globally define a document-wide
'compact-option' attribute, e.g. using the `-a compact-option`
command-line option.
You can set the list start number using the 'start' attribute (works
for HTML outputs and DocBook outputs processed by DocBook XSL
Stylesheets). Example:
[start=7]
. List item 7.
. List item 8.
Labeled Lists
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Labeled list items consist of one or more text labels followed by the
text of the list item.
An item label begins a line with an alphanumeric character hard
against the left margin and ends with two, three or four colons or two
semi-colons. A list item can have multiple labels, one per line.
The list item text consists of one or more lines of text starting
after the last label (either on the same line or a new line) and can
be followed by nested List or ListParagraph elements. Item text can be
optionally indented.
Here are some examples:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
In::
Lorem::
Fusce euismod commodo velit.
Fusce euismod commodo velit.
Ipsum:: Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
* Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
* Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
Dolor::
Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
Suspendisse;;
A massa id sem aliquam auctor.
Morbi;;
Pretium nulla vel lorem.
In;;
Dictum mauris in urna.
Vivamus::: Fringilla mi eu lacus.
Donec::: Eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which render as:
In::
Lorem::
Fusce euismod commodo velit.
Fusce euismod commodo velit.
Ipsum:: Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
* Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
* Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
Dolor::
Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
Suspendisse;;
A massa id sem aliquam auctor.
Morbi;;
Pretium nulla vel lorem.
In;;
Dictum mauris in urna.
Vivamus::: Fringilla mi eu lacus.
Donec::: Eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
Horizontal labeled list style
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The 'horizontal' labeled list style (also the first positional
attribute) places the list text side-by-side with the label instead of
under the label. Here is an example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[horizontal]
*Lorem*:: Fusce euismod commodo velit. Qui in magna commodo, est
labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis adolescens.
Fusce euismod commodo velit.
*Ipsum*:: Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
- Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
- Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
*Dolor*::
- Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
- Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which render as:
[horizontal]
*Lorem*:: Fusce euismod commodo velit. Qui in magna commodo, est
labitur dolorum an. Est ne magna primis adolescens.
Fusce euismod commodo velit.
*Ipsum*:: Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
- Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
- Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
*Dolor*::
- Vivamus fringilla mi eu lacus.
- Donec eget arcu bibendum nunc consequat lobortis.
[NOTE]
=====================================================================
- Current PDF toolchains do not make a good job of determining
the relative column widths for horizontal labeled lists.
- Nested horizontal labeled lists will generate DocBook validation
errors because the 'DocBook XML V4.2' DTD does not permit nested
informal tables (although <<X13,DocBook XSL Stylesheets>> and
<<X31,dblatex>> process them correctly).
- The label width can be set as a percentage of the total width by
setting the 'width' attribute e.g. `width="10%"`
=====================================================================
Question and Answer Lists
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc comes pre-configured with a 'qanda' style labeled list for generating
DocBook question and answer (Q&A) lists. Example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[qanda]
Question one::
Answer one.
Question two::
Answer two.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Renders:
[qanda]
Question one::
Answer one.
Question two::
Answer two.
Glossary Lists
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc comes pre-configured with a 'glossary' style labeled list for
generating DocBook glossary lists. Example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[glossary]
A glossary term::
The corresponding definition.
A second glossary term::
The corresponding definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
For working examples see the `article.txt` and `book.txt` documents in
the AsciiDoc `./doc` distribution directory.
NOTE: To generate valid DocBook output glossary lists must be located
in a section that uses the 'glossary' <<X93,section markup template>>.
Bibliography Lists
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc comes with a predefined 'bibliography' bulleted list style
generating DocBook bibliography entries. Example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[bibliography]
.Optional list title
- [[[taoup]]] Eric Steven Raymond. 'The Art of UNIX
Programming'. Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-13-142901-9.
- [[[walsh-muellner]]] Norman Walsh & Leonard Muellner.
'DocBook - The Definitive Guide'. O'Reilly & Associates.
1999. ISBN 1-56592-580-7.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The `[[[<reference>]]]` syntax is a bibliography entry anchor, it
generates an anchor named `<reference>` and additionally displays
`[<reference>]` at the anchor position. For example `[[[taoup]]]`
generates an anchor named `taoup` that displays `[taoup]` at the
anchor position. Cite the reference from elsewhere your document using
`<<taoup>>`, this displays a hyperlink (`[taoup]`) to the
corresponding bibliography entry anchor.
For working examples see the `article.txt` and `book.txt` documents in
the AsciiDoc `./doc` distribution directory.
NOTE: To generate valid DocBook output bibliography lists must be
located in a <<X93,bibliography section>>.
[[X15]]
List Item Continuation
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Another list or a literal paragraph immediately following a list item
is implicitly appended to the list item; to append other block
elements to a list item you need to explicitly join them to the list
item with a 'list continuation' (a separator line containing a single
plus character). Multiple block elements can be appended to a list
item using list continuations (provided they are legal list item
children in the backend markup).
Here are some examples of list item continuations: list item one
contains multiple continuations; list item two is continued with an
<<X29,OpenBlock>> containing multiple elements:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. List item one.
+
List item one continued with a second paragraph followed by an
Indented block.
+
.................
$ ls *.sh
$ mv *.sh ~/tmp
.................
+
List item continued with a third paragraph.
2. List item two continued with an open block.
+
--
This paragraph is part of the preceding list item.
a. This list is nested and does not require explicit item continuation.
+
This paragraph is part of the preceding list item.
b. List item b.
This paragraph belongs to item two of the outer list.
--
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Renders:
1. List item one.
+
List item one continued with a second paragraph followed by an
Indented block.
+
.................
$ ls *.sh
$ mv *.sh ~/tmp
.................
+
List item continued with a third paragraph.
2. List item two continued with an open block.
+
--
This paragraph is part of the preceding list item.
a. This list is nested and does not require explicit item continuation.
+
This paragraph is part of the preceding list item.
b. List item b.
This paragraph belongs to item two of the outer list.
--
[[X92]]
Footnotes
---------
The shipped AsciiDoc configuration includes three footnote inline
macros:
`footnote:[<text>]`::
Generates a footnote with text `<text>`.
`footnoteref:[<id>,<text>]`::
Generates a footnote with a reference ID `<id>` and text `<text>`.
`footnoteref:[<id>]`::
Generates a reference to the footnote with ID `<id>`.
The footnote text can span multiple lines.
The 'xhtml11' and 'html5' backends render footnotes dynamically using
JavaScript; 'html4' outputs do not use JavaScript and leave the
footnotes inline; 'docbook' footnotes are processed by the downstream
DocBook toolchain.
Example footnotes:
A footnote footnote:[An example footnote.];
a second footnote with a reference ID footnoteref:[note2,Second footnote.];
finally a reference to the second footnote footnoteref:[note2].
Renders:
A footnote footnote:[An example footnote.];
a second footnote with a reference ID footnoteref:[note2,Second footnote.];
finally a reference to the second footnote footnoteref:[note2].
Indexes
-------
The shipped AsciiDoc configuration includes the inline macros for
generating DocBook index entries.
`indexterm:[<primary>,<secondary>,<tertiary>]`::
`(((<primary>,<secondary>,<tertiary>)))`::
This inline macro generates an index term (the `<secondary>` and
`<tertiary>` positional attributes are optional). Example:
`indexterm:[Tigers,Big cats]` (or, using the alternative syntax
`(((Tigers,Big cats)))`. Index terms that have secondary and
tertiary entries also generate separate index terms for the
secondary and tertiary entries. The index terms appear in the
index, not the primary text flow.
`indexterm2:[<primary>]`::
`((<primary>))`::
This inline macro generates an index term that appears in both the
index and the primary text flow. The `<primary>` should not be
padded to the left or right with white space characters.
For working examples see the `article.txt` and `book.txt` documents in
the AsciiDoc `./doc` distribution directory.
NOTE: Index entries only really make sense if you are generating
DocBook markup -- DocBook conversion programs automatically generate
an index at the point an 'Index' section appears in source document.
[[X105]]
Callouts
--------
Callouts are a mechanism for annotating verbatim text (for example:
source code, computer output and user input). Callout markers are
placed inside the annotated text while the actual annotations are
presented in a callout list after the annotated text. Here's an
example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.MS-DOS directory listing
-----------------------------------------------------
10/17/97 9:04 <DIR> bin
10/16/97 14:11 <DIR> DOS \<1>
10/16/97 14:40 <DIR> Program Files
10/16/97 14:46 <DIR> TEMP
10/17/97 9:04 <DIR> tmp
10/16/97 14:37 <DIR> WINNT
10/16/97 14:25 119 AUTOEXEC.BAT \<2>
2/13/94 6:21 54,619 COMMAND.COM \<2>
10/16/97 14:25 115 CONFIG.SYS \<2>
11/16/97 17:17 61,865,984 pagefile.sys
2/13/94 6:21 9,349 WINA20.386 \<3>
-----------------------------------------------------
\<1> This directory holds MS-DOS.
\<2> System startup code for DOS.
\<3> Some sort of Windows 3.1 hack.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which renders:
.MS-DOS directory listing
-----------------------------------------------------
10/17/97 9:04 <DIR> bin
10/16/97 14:11 <DIR> DOS <1>
10/16/97 14:40 <DIR> Program Files
10/16/97 14:46 <DIR> TEMP
10/17/97 9:04 <DIR> tmp
10/16/97 14:37 <DIR> WINNT
10/16/97 14:25 119 AUTOEXEC.BAT <2>
2/13/94 6:21 54,619 COMMAND.COM <2>
10/16/97 14:25 115 CONFIG.SYS <2>
11/16/97 17:17 61,865,984 pagefile.sys
2/13/94 6:21 9,349 WINA20.386 <3>
-----------------------------------------------------
<1> This directory holds MS-DOS.
<2> System startup code for DOS.
<3> Some sort of Windows 3.1 hack.
.Explanation
- The callout marks are whole numbers enclosed in angle brackets --
they refer to the correspondingly numbered item in the following
callout list.
- By default callout marks are confined to 'LiteralParagraphs',
'LiteralBlocks' and 'ListingBlocks' (although this is a
configuration file option and can be changed).
- Callout list item numbering is fairly relaxed -- list items can
start with `<n>`, `n>` or `>` where `n` is the optional list item
number (in the latter case list items starting with a single `>`
character are implicitly numbered starting at one).
- Callout lists should not be nested.
- Callout lists start list items hard against the left margin.
- If you want to present a number inside angle brackets you'll need to
escape it with a backslash to prevent it being interpreted as a
callout mark.
NOTE: Define the AsciiDoc 'icons' attribute (for example using the `-a
icons` command-line option) to display callout icons.
Implementation Notes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Callout marks are generated by the 'callout' inline macro while
callout lists are generated using the 'callout' list definition. The
'callout' macro and 'callout' list are special in that they work
together. The 'callout' inline macro is not enabled by the normal
'macros' substitutions option, instead it has its own 'callouts'
substitution option.
The following attributes are available during inline callout macro
substitution:
`{index}`::
The callout list item index inside the angle brackets.
`{coid}`::
An identifier formatted like `CO<listnumber>-<index>` that
uniquely identifies the callout mark. For example `CO2-4`
identifies the fourth callout mark in the second set of callout
marks.
The `{coids}` attribute can be used during callout list item
substitution -- it is a space delimited list of callout IDs that refer
to the explanatory list item.
Including callouts in included code
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
You can annotate working code examples with callouts -- just remember
to put the callouts inside source code comments. This example displays
the `test.py` source file (containing a single callout) using the
'source' (code highlighter) filter:
.AsciiDoc source
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[source,python]
-------------------------------------------
\include::test.py[]
-------------------------------------------
\<1> Print statement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.Included `test.py` source
---------------------------------------------------------------------
print 'Hello World!' # \<1>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Macros
------
Macros are a mechanism for substituting parametrized text into output
documents.
Macros have a 'name', a single 'target' argument and an 'attribute
list'. The usual syntax is `<name>:<target>[<attrlist>]` (for
inline macros) and `<name>::<target>[<attrlist>]` (for block
macros). Here are some examples:
http://www.docbook.org/[DocBook.org]
include::chapt1.txt[tabsize=2]
mailto:srackham@gmail.com[]
.Macro behavior
- `<name>` is the macro name. It can only contain letters, digits or
dash characters and cannot start with a dash.
- The optional `<target>` cannot contain white space characters.
- `<attrlist>` is a <<X21,list of attributes>> enclosed in square
brackets.
- `]` characters inside attribute lists must be escaped with a
backslash.
- Expansion of macro references can normally be escaped by prefixing a
backslash character (see the AsciiDoc 'FAQ' for examples of
exceptions to this rule).
- Attribute references in block macros are expanded.
- The substitutions performed prior to Inline macro macro expansion
are determined by the inline context.
- Macros are processed in the order they appear in the configuration
file(s).
- Calls to inline macros can be nested inside different inline macros
(an inline macro call cannot contain a nested call to itself).
- In addition to `<name>`, `<target>` and `<attrlist>` the
`<passtext>` and `<subslist>` named groups are available to
<<X77,passthrough macros>>. A macro is a passthrough macro if the
definition includes a `<passtext>` named group.
Inline Macros
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Inline Macros occur in an inline element context. Predefined Inline
macros include 'URLs', 'image' and 'link' macros.
URLs
^^^^
'http', 'https', 'ftp', 'file', 'mailto' and 'callto' URLs are
rendered using predefined inline macros.
- If you don't need a custom link caption you can enter the 'http',
'https', 'ftp', 'file' URLs and email addresses without any special
macro syntax.
- If the `<attrlist>` is empty the URL is displayed.
Here are some examples:
http://www.docbook.org/[DocBook.org]
http://www.docbook.org/
mailto:joe.bloggs@foobar.com[email Joe Bloggs]
joe.bloggs@foobar.com
Which are rendered:
http://www.docbook.org/[DocBook.org]
http://www.docbook.org/
mailto:joe.bloggs@foobar.com[email Joe Bloggs]
joe.bloggs@foobar.com
If the `<target>` necessitates space characters use `%20`, for example
`large%20image.png`.
Internal Cross References
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Two AsciiDoc inline macros are provided for creating hypertext links
within an AsciiDoc document. You can use either the standard macro
syntax or the (preferred) alternative.
[[X30]]
anchor
++++++
Used to specify hypertext link targets:
[[<id>,<xreflabel>]]
anchor:<id>[<xreflabel>]
The `<id>` is a unique string that conforms to the output markup's
anchor syntax. The optional `<xreflabel>` is the text to be displayed
by captionless 'xref' macros that refer to this anchor. The optional
`<xreflabel>` is only really useful when generating DocBook output.
Example anchor:
[[X1]]
You may have noticed that the syntax of this inline element is the
same as that of the <<X41,BlockId block element>>, this is no
coincidence since they are functionally equivalent.
xref
++++
Creates a hypertext link to a document anchor.
<<<id>,<caption>>>
xref:<id>[<caption>]
The `<id>` refers to an anchor ID. The optional `<caption>` is the
link's displayed text. Example:
<<X21,attribute lists>>
If `<caption>` is not specified then the displayed text is
auto-generated:
- The AsciiDoc 'xhtml11' and 'html5' backends display the `<id>`
enclosed in square brackets.
- If DocBook is produced the DocBook toolchain is responsible for the
displayed text which will normally be the referenced figure, table
or section title number followed by the element's title text.
Here is an example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[[tiger_image]]
.Tyger tyger
image::tiger.png[]
This can be seen in <<tiger_image>>.
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Linking to Local Documents
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Hypertext links to files on the local file system are specified using
the 'link' inline macro.
link:<target>[<caption>]
The 'link' macro generates relative URLs. The link macro `<target>` is
the target file name (relative to the file system location of the
referring document). The optional `<caption>` is the link's displayed
text. If `<caption>` is not specified then `<target>` is displayed.
Example:
link:downloads/foo.zip[download foo.zip]
You can use the `<filename>#<id>` syntax to refer to an anchor within
a target document but this usually only makes sense when targeting
HTML documents.
[[X9]]
Images
^^^^^^
Inline images are inserted into the output document using the 'image'
macro. The inline syntax is:
image:<target>[<attributes>]
The contents of the image file `<target>` is displayed. To display the
image its file format must be supported by the target backend
application. HTML and DocBook applications normally support PNG or JPG
files.
`<target>` file name paths are relative to the location of the
referring document.
[[X55]]
.Image macro attributes
- The optional 'alt' attribute is also the first positional attribute,
it specifies alternative text which is displayed if the output
application is unable to display the image file (see also
http://htmlhelp.com/feature/art3.htm[Use of ALT texts in IMGs]). For
example:
image:images/logo.png[Company Logo]
- The optional 'title' attribute provides a title for the image. The
<<X49,block image macro>> renders the title alongside the image.
The inline image macro displays the title as a popup ``tooltip'' in
visual browsers (AsciiDoc HTML outputs only).
- The optional `width` and `height` attributes scale the image size
and can be used in any combination. The units are pixels. The
following example scales the previous example to a height of 32
pixels:
image:images/logo.png["Company Logo",height=32]
- The optional `link` attribute is used to link the image to an
external document. The following example links a screenshot
thumbnail to a full size version:
image:screen-thumbnail.png[height=32,link="screen.png"]
- The optional `scaledwidth` attribute is only used in DocBook block
images (specifically for PDF documents). The following example
scales the images to 75% of the available print width:
image::images/logo.png[scaledwidth="75%",alt="Company Logo"]
- The image `scale` attribute sets the DocBook `imagedata` element
`scale` attribute.
- The optional `align` attribute is used for horizontal image
alignment. Allowed values are `center`, `left` and `right`. For
example:
image::images/tiger.png["Tiger image",align="left"]
- The optional `float` attribute floats the image `left` or `right` on
the page (works with HTML outputs only, has no effect on DocBook
outputs). `float` and `align` attributes are mutually exclusive.
Use the `unfloat::[]` block macro to stop floating.
Comment Lines
^^^^^^^^^^^^^
See <<X25,comment block macro>>.
Block Macros
~~~~~~~~~~~~
A Block macro reference must be contained in a single line separated
either side by a blank line or a block delimiter.
Block macros behave just like Inline macros, with the following
differences:
- They occur in a block context.
- The default syntax is `<name>::<target>[<attrlist>]` (two
colons, not one).
- Markup template section names end in `-blockmacro` instead of
`-inlinemacro`.
Block Identifier
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The Block Identifier macro sets the `id` attribute and has the same
syntax as the <<X30,anchor inline macro>> since it performs
essentially the same function -- block templates use the `id`
attribute as a block element ID. For example:
[[X30]]
This is equivalent to the `[id="X30"]` <<X79,AttributeList element>>).
[[X49]]
Images
^^^^^^
The 'image' block macro is used to display images in a block context.
The syntax is:
image::<target>[<attributes>]
The block `image` macro has the same <<X55,macro attributes>> as it's
<<X9,inline image macro>> counterpart.
Block images can be titled by preceding the 'image' macro with a
'BlockTitle'. DocBook toolchains normally number titled block images
and optionally list them in an automatically generated 'List of
Figures' backmatter section.
This example:
.Main circuit board
image::images/layout.png[J14P main circuit board]
is equivalent to:
image::images/layout.png["J14P main circuit board",
title="Main circuit board"]
A title prefix that can be inserted with the `caption` attribute
(HTML backends). For example:
.Main circuit board
[caption="Figure 2: "]
image::images/layout.png[J14P main circuit board]
[[X66]]
.Embedding images in XHTML documents
*********************************************************************
If you define the `data-uri` attribute then images will be embedded in
XHTML outputs using the
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data:_URI_scheme[data URI scheme]. You
can use the 'data-uri' attribute with the 'xhtml11' and 'html5'
backends to produce single-file XHTML documents with embedded images
and CSS, for example:
$ asciidoc -a data-uri mydocument.txt
[NOTE]
======
- All current popular browsers support data URIs, although versions
of Internet Explorer prior to version 8 do not.
- Some browsers limit the size of data URIs.
======
*********************************************************************
[[X25]]
Comment Lines
^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Single lines starting with two forward slashes hard up against the
left margin are treated as comments. Comment lines do not appear in
the output unless the 'showcomments' attribute is defined. Comment
lines have been implemented as both block and inline macros so a
comment line can appear as a stand-alone block or within block elements
that support inline macro expansion. Example comment line:
// This is a comment.
If the 'showcomments' attribute is defined comment lines are written
to the output:
- In DocBook the comment lines are enclosed by the 'remark' element
(which may or may not be rendered by your toolchain).
- The 'showcomments' attribute does not expose <<X26,Comment Blocks>>.
Comment Blocks are never passed to the output.
System Macros
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
System macros are block macros that perform a predefined task and are
hardwired into the asciidoc(1) program.
- You can escape system macros with a leading backslash character
(as you can with other macros).
- The syntax and tasks performed by system macros is built into
asciidoc(1) so they don't appear in configuration files. You can
however customize the syntax by adding entries to a configuration
file `[macros]` section.
[[X63]]
Include Macros
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The `include` and `include1` system macros to include the contents of
a named file into the source document.
The `include` macro includes a file as if it were part of the parent
document -- tabs are expanded and system macros processed. The
contents of `include1` files are not subject to tab expansion or
system macro processing nor are attribute or lower priority
substitutions performed. The `include1` macro's intended use is to
include verbatim embedded CSS or scripts into configuration file
headers. Example:
------------------------------------
\include::chapter1.txt[tabsize=4]
------------------------------------
.Include macro behavior
- If the included file name is specified with a relative path then the
path is relative to the location of the referring document.
- Include macros can appear inside configuration files.
- Files included from within 'DelimitedBlocks' are read to completion
to avoid false end-of-block underline termination.
- Attribute references are expanded inside the include 'target'; if an
attribute is undefined then the included file is silently skipped.
- The 'tabsize' macro attribute sets the number of space characters to
be used for tab expansion in the included file (not applicable to
`include1` macro).
- The 'depth' macro attribute sets the maximum permitted number of
subsequent nested includes (not applicable to `include1` macro which
does not process nested includes). Setting 'depth' to '1' disables
nesting inside the included file. By default, nesting is limited to
a depth of ten.
- If the he 'warnings' attribute is set to 'False' (or any other
Python literal that evaluates to boolean false) then no warning
message is printed if the included file does not exist. By default
'warnings' are enabled.
- Internally the `include1` macro is translated to the `include1`
system attribute which means it must be evaluated in a region where
attribute substitution is enabled. To inhibit nested substitution in
included files it is preferable to use the `include` macro and set
the attribute `depth=1`.
Conditional Inclusion Macros
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Lines of text in the source document can be selectively included or
excluded from processing based on the existence (or not) of a document
attribute.
Document text between the `ifdef` and `endif` macros is included if a
document attribute is defined:
ifdef::<attribute>[]
:
endif::<attribute>[]
Document text between the `ifndef` and `endif` macros is not included
if a document attribute is defined:
ifndef::<attribute>[]
:
endif::<attribute>[]
`<attribute>` is an attribute name which is optional in the trailing
`endif` macro.
If you only want to process a single line of text then the text can be
put inside the square brackets and the `endif` macro omitted, for
example:
ifdef::revnumber[Version number 42]
Is equivalent to:
ifdef::revnumber[]
Version number 42
endif::revnumber[]
'ifdef' and 'ifndef' macros also accept multiple attribute names:
- Multiple ',' separated attribute names evaluate to defined if one
or more of the attributes is defined, otherwise it's value is
undefined.
- Multiple '+' separated attribute names evaluate to defined if all
of the attributes is defined, otherwise it's value is undefined.
Document text between the `ifeval` and `endif` macros is included if
the Python expression inside the square brackets is true. Example:
ifeval::[{rs458}==2]
:
endif::[]
- Document attribute references are expanded before the expression is
evaluated.
- If an attribute reference is undefined then the expression is
considered false.
Take a look at the `*.conf` configuration files in the AsciiDoc
distribution for examples of conditional inclusion macro usage.
Executable system macros
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The 'eval', 'sys' and 'sys2' block macros exhibit the same behavior as
their same named <<X24, system attribute references>>. The difference
is that system macros occur in a block macro context whereas system
attributes are confined to inline contexts where attribute
substitution is enabled.
The following example displays a long directory listing inside a
literal block:
------------------
sys::[ls -l *.txt]
------------------
NOTE: There are no block macro versions of the 'eval3' and 'sys3'
system attributes.
Template System Macro
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The `template` block macro allows the inclusion of one configuration
file template section within another. The following example includes
the `[admonitionblock]` section in the `[admonitionparagraph]`
section:
[admonitionparagraph]
template::[admonitionblock]
.Template macro behavior
- The `template::[]` macro is useful for factoring configuration file
markup.
- `template::[]` macros cannot be nested.
- `template::[]` macro expansion is applied after all configuration
files have been read.
[[X77]]
Passthrough macros
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Passthrough macros are analogous to <<X76,passthrough blocks>> and are
used to pass text directly to the output. The substitution performed
on the text is determined by the macro definition but can be overridden
by the `<subslist>`. The usual syntax is
`<name>:<subslist>[<passtext>]` (for inline macros) and
`<name>::<subslist>[<passtext>]` (for block macros). Passthroughs, by
definition, take precedence over all other text substitutions.
pass::
Inline and block. Passes text unmodified (apart from explicitly
specified substitutions). Examples:
pass:[<q>To be or not to be</q>]
pass:attributes,quotes[<u>the '{author}'</u>]
asciimath, latexmath::
Inline and block. Passes text unmodified. Used for
<<X78,mathematical formulas>>.
\+++::
Inline and block. The triple-plus passthrough is functionally
identical to the 'pass' macro but you don't have to escape `]`
characters and you can prefix with quoted attributes in the inline
version. Example:
Red [red]+++`sum_(i=1)\^n i=(n(n+1))/2`$+++ AsciiMathML formula
$$::
Inline and block. The double-dollar passthrough is functionally
identical to the triple-plus passthrough with one exception: special
characters are escaped. Example:
$$`[[a,b],[c,d]]((n),(k))`$$
[[X80]]`::
Text quoted with single backtick characters constitutes an 'inline
literal' passthrough. The enclosed text is rendered in a monospaced
font and is only subject to special character substitution. This
makes sense since monospace text is usually intended to be rendered
literally and often contains characters that would otherwise have to
be escaped. If you need monospaced text containing inline
substitutions use a <<X81,plus character instead of a backtick>>.
Macro Definitions
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Each entry in the configuration `[macros]` section is a macro
definition which can take one of the following forms:
`<pattern>=<name>[<subslist]`:: Inline macro definition.
`<pattern>=#<name>[<subslist]`:: Block macro definition.
`<pattern>=+<name>[<subslist]`:: System macro definition.
`<pattern>`:: Delete the existing macro with this `<pattern>`.
`<pattern>` is a Python regular expression and `<name>` is the name of
a markup template. If `<name>` is omitted then it is the value of the
regular expression match group named 'name'. The optional
`[<subslist]` is a comma-separated list of substitution names enclosed
in `[]` brackets, it sets the default substitutions for passthrough
text, if omitted then no passthrough substitutions are performed.
.Pattern named groups
The following named groups can be used in macro `<pattern>` regular
expressions and are available as markup template attributes:
name::
The macro name.
target::
The macro target.
attrlist::
The macro attribute list.
passtext::
Contents of this group are passed unmodified to the output subject
only to 'subslist' substitutions.
subslist::
Processed as a comma-separated list of substitution names for
'passtext' substitution, overrides the the macro definition
'subslist'.
.Here's what happens during macro substitution
- Each contextually relevant macro 'pattern' from the `[macros]`
section is matched against the input source line.
- If a match is found the text to be substituted is loaded from a
configuration markup template section named like
`<name>-inlinemacro` or `<name>-blockmacro` (depending on the macro
type).
- Global and macro attribute list attributes are substituted in the
macro's markup template.
- The substituted template replaces the macro reference in the output
document.
[[X98]]
HTML 5 audio and video block macros
-----------------------------------
The 'html5' backend 'audio' and 'video' block macros generate the HTML
5 'audio' and 'video' elements respectively. They follow the usual
AsciiDoc block macro syntax `<name>::<target>[<attrlist>]` where:
[horizontal]
`<name>`:: 'audio' or 'video'.
`<target>`:: The URL or file name of the video or audio file.
`<attrlist>`:: A list of named attributes (see below).
.Audio macro attributes
[options="header",cols="1,5",frame="topbot"]
|====================================================================
|Name | Value
|options
|A comma separated list of one or more of the following items:
'autoplay', 'loop' which correspond to the same-named HTML 5 'audio'
element boolean attributes. By default the player 'controls' are
enabled, include the 'nocontrols' option value to hide them.
|====================================================================
.Video macro attributes
[options="header",cols="1,5",frame="topbot"]
|====================================================================
|Name | Value
|height | The height of the player in pixels.
|width | The width of the player in pixels.
|poster | The URL or file name of an image representing the video.
|options
|A comma separated list of one or more of the following items:
'autoplay', 'loop' and 'nocontrols'. The 'autoplay' and 'loop' options
correspond to the same-named HTML 5 'video' element boolean
attributes. By default the player 'controls' are enabled, include the
'nocontrols' option value to hide them.
|====================================================================
Examples:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
audio::images/example.ogg[]
video::gizmo.ogv[width=200,options="nocontrols,autoplay"]
.Example video
video::gizmo.ogv[]
video::http://www.808.dk/pics/video/gizmo.ogv[]
---------------------------------------------------------------------
If your needs are more complex put raw HTML 5 in a markup block, for
example (from http://www.808.dk/?code-html-5-video):
---------------------------------------------------------------------
++++
<video poster="pics/video/gizmo.jpg" id="video" style="cursor: pointer;" >
<source src="pics/video/gizmo.mp4" />
<source src="pics/video/gizmo.webm" type="video/webm" />
<source src="pics/video/gizmo.ogv" type="video/ogg" />
Video not playing? <a href="pics/video/gizmo.mp4">Download file</a> instead.
</video>
<script type="text/javascript">
var video = document.getElementById('video');
video.addEventListener('click',function(){
video.play();
},false);
</script>
++++
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Tables
------
The AsciiDoc table syntax looks and behaves like other delimited block
types and supports standard <<X73,block configuration entries>>.
Formatting is easy to read and, just as importantly, easy to enter.
- Cells and columns can be formatted using built-in customizable styles.
- Horizontal and vertical cell alignment can be set on columns and
cell.
- Horizontal and vertical cell spanning is supported.
.Use tables sparingly
*********************************************************************
When technical users first start creating documents, tables (complete
with column spanning and table nesting) are often considered very
important. The reality is that tables are seldom used, even in
technical documentation.
Try this exercise: thumb through your library of technical books,
you'll be surprised just how seldom tables are actually used, even
less seldom are tables containing block elements (such as paragraphs
or lists) or spanned cells. This is no accident, like figures, tables
are outside the normal document flow -- tables are for consulting not
for reading.
Tables are designed for, and should normally only be used for,
displaying column oriented tabular data.
*********************************************************************
Example tables
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.Simple table
[width="15%"]
|=======
|1 |2 |A
|3 |4 |B
|5 |6 |C
|=======
.AsciiDoc source
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[width="15%"]
|=======
|1 |2 |A
|3 |4 |B
|5 |6 |C
|=======
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.Columns formatted with strong, monospaced and emphasis styles
[width="50%",cols=">s,^m,e",frame="topbot",options="header,footer"]
|==========================
| 2+|Columns 2 and 3
|1 |Item 1 |Item 1
|2 |Item 2 |Item 2
|3 |Item 3 |Item 3
|4 |Item 4 |Item 4
|footer 1|footer 2|footer 3
|==========================
.AsciiDoc source
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.An example table
[width="50%",cols=">s,^m,e",frame="topbot",options="header,footer"]
|==========================
| 2+|Columns 2 and 3
|1 |Item 1 |Item 1
|2 |Item 2 |Item 2
|3 |Item 3 |Item 3
|4 |Item 4 |Item 4
|footer 1|footer 2|footer 3
|==========================
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.Horizontal and vertical source data
[width="80%",cols="3,^2,^2,10",options="header"]
|=========================================================
|Date |Duration |Avg HR |Notes
|22-Aug-08 |10:24 | 157 |
Worked out MSHR (max sustainable heart rate) by going hard
for this interval.
|22-Aug-08 |23:03 | 152 |
Back-to-back with previous interval.
|24-Aug-08 |40:00 | 145 |
Moderately hard interspersed with 3x 3min intervals (2min
hard + 1min really hard taking the HR up to 160).
|=========================================================
Short cells can be entered horizontally, longer cells vertically. The
default behavior is to strip leading and trailing blank lines within a
cell. These characteristics aid readability and data entry.
.AsciiDoc source
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.Windtrainer workouts
[width="80%",cols="3,^2,^2,10",options="header"]
|=========================================================
|Date |Duration |Avg HR |Notes
|22-Aug-08 |10:24 | 157 |
Worked out MSHR (max sustainable heart rate) by going hard
for this interval.
|22-Aug-08 |23:03 | 152 |
Back-to-back with previous interval.
|24-Aug-08 |40:00 | 145 |
Moderately hard interspersed with 3x 3min intervals (2min
hard + 1min really hard taking the HR up to 160).
|=========================================================
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.A table with externally sourced CSV data
[format="csv",cols="^1,4*2",options="header"]
|===================================================
ID,Customer Name,Contact Name,Customer Address,Phone
include::customers.csv[]
|===================================================
.AsciiDoc source
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[format="csv",cols="^1,4*2",options="header"]
|===================================================
ID,Customer Name,Contact Name,Customer Address,Phone
\include::customers.csv[]
|===================================================
---------------------------------------------------------------------
.Cell spans, alignments and styles
[cols="e,m,^,>s",width="25%"]
|============================
|1 >s|2 |3 |4
^|5 2.2+^.^|6 .3+<.>m|7
^|8
|9 2+>|10
|============================
.AsciiDoc source
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[cols="e,m,^,>s",width="25%"]
|============================
|1 >s|2 |3 |4
^|5 2.2+^.^|6 .3+<.>m|7
^|8
|9 2+>|10
|============================
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[[X68]]
Table input data formats
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc table data can be 'psv', 'dsv' or 'csv' formatted. The
default table format is 'psv'.
AsciiDoc 'psv' ('Prefix Separated Values') and 'dsv' ('Delimiter
Separated Values') formats are cell oriented -- the table is treated
as a sequence of cells -- there are no explicit row separators.
- 'psv' prefixes each cell with a separator whereas 'dsv' delimits
cells with a separator.
- 'psv' and 'dsv' separators are Python regular expressions.
- The default 'psv' separator contains <<X84, cell specifier>> related
named regular expression groups.
- The default 'dsv' separator is `:|\n` (a colon or a new line
character).
- 'psv' and 'dsv' cell separators can be escaped by preceding them
with a backslash character.
Here are four 'psv' cells (the second item spans two columns; the
last contains an escaped separator):
|One 2+|Two and three |A \| separator character
'csv' is the quasi-standard row oriented 'Comma Separated Values
(CSV)' format commonly used to import and export spreadsheet and
database data.
[[X69]]
Table attributes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Tables can be customized by the following attributes:
format::
'psv' (default), 'dsv' or 'csv' (See <<X68, Table Data Formats>>).
separator::
The cell separator. A Python regular expression ('psv' and 'dsv'
formats) or a single character ('csv' format).
frame::
Defines the table border and can take the following values: 'topbot'
(top and bottom), 'all' (all sides), 'none' and 'sides' (left and
right sides). The default value is 'all'.
grid::
Defines which ruler lines are drawn between table rows and columns.
The 'grid' attribute value can be any of the following values: 'none',
'cols', 'rows' and 'all'. The default value is 'all'.
align::
Use the 'align' attribute to horizontally align the table on the
page (works with HTML outputs only, has no effect on DocBook outputs).
The following values are valid: 'left', 'right', and 'center'.
float::
Use the 'float' attribute to float the table 'left' or 'right' on the
page (works with HTML outputs only, has no effect on DocBook outputs).
Floating only makes sense in conjunction with a table 'width'
attribute value of less than 100% (otherwise the table will take up
all the available space). 'float' and 'align' attributes are mutually
exclusive. Use the `unfloat::[]` block macro to stop floating.
halign::
Use the 'halign' attribute to horizontally align all cells in a table.
The following values are valid: 'left', 'right', and 'center'
(defaults to 'left'). Overridden by <<X70,Column specifiers>> and
<<X84,Cell specifiers>>.
valign::
Use the 'valign' attribute to vertically align all cells in a table.
The following values are valid: 'top', 'bottom', and 'middle'
(defaults to 'top'). Overridden by <<X70,Column specifiers>> and
<<X84,Cell specifiers>>.
options::
The 'options' attribute can contain comma separated values, for
example: 'header', 'footer'. By default header and footer rows are
omitted. See <<X74,attribute options>> for a complete list of
available table options.
cols::
The 'cols' attribute is a comma separated list of <<X70,column
specifiers>>. For example `cols="2<p,2*,4p,>"`.
- If 'cols' is present it must specify all columns.
- If the 'cols' attribute is not specified the number of columns is
calculated as the number of data items in the *first line* of the
table.
- The degenerate form for the 'cols' attribute is an integer
specifying the number of columns e.g. `cols=4`.
width::
The 'width' attribute is expressed as a percentage value
('"1%"'...'"99%"'). The width specifies the table width relative to
the available width. HTML backends use this value to set the table
width attribute. It's a bit more complicated with DocBook, see the
<<X89,DocBook table widths>> sidebar.
filter::
The 'filter' attribute defines an external shell command that is
invoked for each cell. The built-in 'asciidoc' table style is
implemented using a filter.
[[X89]]
.DocBook table widths
**********************************************************************
The AsciiDoc docbook backend generates CALS tables. CALS tables do not
support a table width attribute -- table width can only be controlled
by specifying absolute column widths.
Specifying absolute column widths is not media independent because
different presentation media have different physical dimensions. To
get round this limitation both
http://www.sagehill.net/docbookxsl/Tables.html#TableWidth[DocBook XSL
Stylesheets] and
http://dblatex.sourceforge.net/doc/manual/ch03s05.html#sec-table-width[dblatex]
have implemented table width processing instructions for setting the
table width as a percentage of the available width. AsciiDoc emits
these processing instructions if the 'width' attribute is set along
with proportional column widths (the AsciiDoc docbook backend
'pageunits' attribute defaults to '*').
To generate DocBook tables with absolute column widths set the
'pageunits' attribute to a CALS absolute unit such as 'pt' and set the
'pagewidth' attribute to match the width of the presentation media.
**********************************************************************
[[X70]]
Column Specifiers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Column specifiers define how columns are rendered and appear in the
table <<X69,cols attribute>>. A column specifier consists of an
optional column multiplier followed by optional alignment, width and
style values and is formatted like:
[<multiplier>*][<align>][<width>][<style>]
- All components are optional. The multiplier must be first and the
style last. The order of `<align>` or `<width>` is not important.
- Column `<width>` can be either an integer proportional value (1...)
or a percentage (1%...100%). The default value is 1. To ensure
portability across different backends, there is no provision for
absolute column widths (not to be confused with output column width
<<X72,markup attributes>> which are available in both percentage and
absolute units).
- The '<align>' column alignment specifier is formatted like:
[<horizontal>][.<vertical>]
+
Where `<horizontal>` and `<vertical>` are one of the following
characters: `<`, `^` or `>` which represent 'left', 'center' and
'right' horizontal alignment or 'top', 'middle' and 'bottom' vertical
alignment respectively.
- A `<multiplier>` can be used to specify repeated columns e.g.
`cols="4*<"` specifies four left-justified columns. The default
multiplier value is 1.
- The `<style>` name specifies a <<X71,table style>> to used to markup
column cells (you can use the full style names if you wish but the
first letter is normally sufficient).
- Column specific styles are not applied to header rows.
[[X84]]
Cell Specifiers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Cell specifiers allow individual cells in 'psv' formatted tables to be
spanned, multiplied, aligned and styled. Cell specifiers prefix 'psv'
`|` delimiters and are formatted like:
[<span>*|+][<align>][<style>]
- '<span>' specifies horizontal and vertical cell spans ('+' operator) or
the number of times the cell is replicated ('*' operator). '<span>'
is formatted like:
[<colspan>][.<rowspan>]
+
Where `<colspan>` and `<rowspan>` are integers specifying the number of
columns and rows to span.
- `<align>` specifies horizontal and vertical cell alignment an is the
same as in <<X70,column specifiers>>.
- A `<style>` value is the first letter of <<X71,table style>> name.
For example, the following 'psv' formatted cell will span two columns
and the text will be centered and emphasized:
`2+^e| Cell text`
[[X71]]
Table styles
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Table styles can be applied to the entire table (by setting the
'style' attribute in the table's attribute list) or on a per column
basis (by specifying the style in the table's <<X69,cols attribute>>).
Table data can be formatted using the following predefined styles:
default::
The default style: AsciiDoc inline text formatting; blank lines are
treated as paragraph breaks.
emphasis::
Like default but all text is emphasised.
monospaced::
Like default but all text is in a monospaced font.
strong::
Like default but all text is bold.
header::
Apply the same style as the table header. Normally used to create a
vertical header in the first column.
asciidoc::
With this style table cells can contain any of the AsciiDoc elements
that are allowed inside document sections. This style runs asciidoc(1)
as a filter to process cell contents. See also <<X83,Docbook table
limitations>>.
literal::
No text formatting; monospaced font; all line breaks are retained
(the same as the AsciiDoc <<X65,LiteralBlock>> element).
verse::
All line breaks are retained (just like the AsciiDoc <<X94,verse
paragraph style>>).
[[X72]]
Markup attributes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc makes a number of attributes available to table markup
templates and tags. Column specific attributes are available when
substituting the 'colspec' cell data tags.
pageunits::
DocBook backend only. Specifies table column absolute width units.
Defaults to '*'.
pagewidth::
DocBook backend only. The nominal output page width in 'pageunit'
units. Used to calculate CALS tables absolute column and table
widths. Defaults to '425'.
tableabswidth::
Integer value calculated from 'width' and 'pagewidth' attributes.
In 'pageunit' units.
tablepcwidth::
Table width expressed as a percentage of the available width. Integer
value (0..100).
colabswidth::
Integer value calculated from 'cols' column width, 'width' and
'pagewidth' attributes. In 'pageunit' units.
colpcwidth::
Column width expressed as a percentage of the table width. Integer
value (0..100).
colcount::
Total number of table columns.
rowcount::
Total number of table rows.
halign::
Horizontal cell content alignment: 'left', 'right' or 'center'.
valign::
Vertical cell content alignment: 'top', 'bottom' or 'middle'.
colnumber, colstart::
The number of the leftmost column occupied by the cell (1...).
colend::
The number of the rightmost column occupied by the cell (1...).
colspan::
Number of columns the cell should span.
rowspan::
Number of rows the cell should span (1...).
morerows::
Number of additional rows the cell should span (0...).
Nested tables
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
An alternative 'psv' separator character '!' can be used (instead of
'|') in nested tables. This allows a single level of table nesting.
Columns containing nested tables must use the 'asciidoc' style. An
example can be found in `./examples/website/newtables.txt`.
[[X83]]
DocBook table limitations
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fully implementing tables is not trivial, some DocBook toolchains do
better than others. AsciiDoc HTML table outputs are rendered
correctly in all the popular browsers -- if your DocBook generated
tables don't look right compare them with the output generated by the
AsciiDoc 'xhtml11' backend or try a different DocBook toolchain. Here
is a list of things to be aware of:
- Although nested tables are not legal in DocBook 4 the FOP and
dblatex toolchains will process them correctly. If you use `a2x(1)`
you will need to include the `--no-xmllint` option to suppress
DocBook validation errors.
+
NOTE: In theory you can nest DocBook 4 tables one level using the
'entrytbl' element, but not all toolchains process 'entrytbl'.
- DocBook only allows a subset of block elements inside table cells so
not all AsciiDoc elements produce valid DocBook inside table cells.
If you get validation errors running `a2x(1)` try the `--no-xmllint`
option, toolchains will often process nested block elements such as
sidebar blocks and floating titles correctly even though, strictly
speaking, they are not legal.
- Text formatting in cells using the 'monospaced' table style will
raise validation errors because the DocBook 'literal' element was
not designed to support formatted text (using the 'literal' element
is a kludge on the part of AsciiDoc as there is no easy way to set
the font style in DocBook.
- Cell alignments are ignored for 'verse', 'literal' or 'asciidoc'
table styles.
[[X1]]
Manpage Documents
-----------------
Sooner or later, if you program in a UNIX environment, you're going
to have to write a man page.
By observing a couple of additional conventions (detailed below) you
can write AsciiDoc files that will generate HTML and PDF man pages
plus the native manpage roff format. The easiest way to generate roff
manpages from AsciiDoc source is to use the a2x(1) command. The
following example generates a roff formatted manpage file called
`asciidoc.1` (a2x(1) uses asciidoc(1) to convert `asciidoc.1.txt` to
DocBook which it then converts to roff using DocBook XSL Stylesheets):
a2x --doctype manpage --format manpage asciidoc.1.txt
.Viewing and printing manpage files
**********************************************************************
Use the `man(1)` command to view the manpage file:
$ man -l asciidoc.1
To print a high quality man page to a postscript printer:
$ man -l -Tps asciidoc.1 | lpr
You could also create a PDF version of the man page by converting
PostScript to PDF using `ps2pdf(1)`:
$ man -l -Tps asciidoc.1 | ps2pdf - asciidoc.1.pdf
The `ps2pdf(1)` command is included in the Ghostscript distribution.
**********************************************************************
To find out more about man pages view the `man(7)` manpage
(`man 7 man` and `man man-pages` commands).
Document Header
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A manpage document Header is mandatory. The title line contains the
man page name followed immediately by the manual section number in
brackets, for example 'ASCIIDOC(1)'. The title name should not contain
white space and the manual section number is a single digit optionally
followed by a single character.
The NAME Section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The first manpage section is mandatory, must be titled 'NAME' and must
contain a single paragraph (usually a single line) consisting of a
list of one or more comma separated command name(s) separated from the
command purpose by a dash character. The dash must have at least one
white space character on either side. For example:
printf, fprintf, sprintf - print formatted output
The SYNOPSIS Section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The second manpage section is mandatory and must be titled 'SYNOPSIS'.
refmiscinfo attributes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In addition to the automatically created man page <<X60,intrinsic
attributes>> you can assign DocBook
http://www.docbook.org/tdg5/en/html/refmiscinfo.html[refmiscinfo]
element 'source', 'version' and 'manual' values using AsciiDoc
`{mansource}`, `{manversion}` and `{manmanual}` attributes
respectively. This example is from the AsciiDoc header of a man page
source file:
:man source: AsciiDoc
:man version: {revnumber}
:man manual: AsciiDoc Manual
[[X78]]
Mathematical Formulas
---------------------
The 'asciimath' and 'latexmath' <<X77,passthrough macros>> along with
'asciimath' and 'latexmath' <<X76,passthrough blocks>> provide a
(backend dependent) mechanism for rendering mathematical formulas. You
can use the following math markups:
NOTE: The 'latexmath' macro used to include 'LaTeX Math' in DocBook
outputs is not the same as the 'latexmath' macro used to include
'LaTeX MathML' in XHTML outputs. 'LaTeX Math' applies to DocBook
outputs that are processed by <<X31,dblatex>> and is normally used to
generate PDF files. 'LaTeXMathML' is very much a subset of 'LaTeX
Math' and applies to XHTML documents.
LaTeX Math
~~~~~~~~~~
ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/short-math-guide.pdf[LaTeX
math] can be included in documents that are processed by
<<X31,dblatex(1)>>. Example inline formula:
latexmath:[$C = \alpha + \beta Y^{\gamma} + \epsilon$]
For more examples see the {website}[AsciiDoc website] or the
distributed `doc/latexmath.txt` file.
ASCIIMathML
~~~~~~~~~~~
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
The older ASCIIMathML 1.47 version is used instead of version 2
because:
1. Version 2 doesn't work when embedded.
2. Version 2 is much larger.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
http://www1.chapman.edu/~jipsen/mathml/asciimath.html[ASCIIMathML]
formulas can be included in XHTML documents generated using the
'xhtml11' and 'html5' backends. To enable ASCIIMathML support you must
define the 'asciimath' attribute, for example using the `-a asciimath`
command-line option. Example inline formula:
asciimath:[`x/x={(1,if x!=0),(text{undefined},if x=0):}`]
For more examples see the {website}[AsciiDoc website] or the
distributed `doc/asciimathml.txt` file.
LaTeXMathML
~~~~~~~~~~~
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
There is an http://math.etsu.edu/LaTeXMathML/[extended LaTeXMathML
version] by Jeff Knisley, in addition to a JavaScript file it requires
the inclusion of a CSS file.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
'LaTeXMathML' allows LaTeX Math style formulas to be included in XHTML
documents generated using the AsciiDoc 'xhtml11' and 'html5' backends.
AsciiDoc uses the
http://www.maths.nottingham.ac.uk/personal/drw/lm.html[original
LaTeXMathML] by Douglas Woodall. 'LaTeXMathML' is derived from
ASCIIMathML and is for users who are more familiar with or prefer
using LaTeX math formulas (it recognizes a subset of LaTeX Math, the
differences are documented on the 'LaTeXMathML' web page). To enable
LaTeXMathML support you must define the 'latexmath' attribute, for
example using the `-a latexmath` command-line option. Example inline
formula:
latexmath:[$\sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac{1}{2^n}$]
For more examples see the {website}[AsciiDoc website] or the
distributed `doc/latexmathml.txt` file.
MathML
~~~~~~
http://www.w3.org/Math/[MathML] is a low level XML markup for
mathematics. AsciiDoc has no macros for MathML but users familiar with
this markup could use passthrough macros and passthrough blocks to
include MathML in output documents.
[[X7]]
Configuration Files
-------------------
AsciiDoc source file syntax and output file markup is largely
controlled by a set of cascading, text based, configuration files. At
runtime The AsciiDoc default configuration files are combined with
optional user and document specific configuration files.
Configuration File Format
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Configuration files contain named sections. Each section begins with a
section name in square brackets []. The section body consists of the
lines of text between adjacent section headings.
- Section names consist of one or more alphanumeric, underscore or
dash characters and cannot begin or end with a dash.
- Lines starting with a '#' character are treated as comments and
ignored.
- If the section name is prefixed with a '+' character then the
section contents is appended to the contents of an already existing
same-named section.
- Otherwise same-named sections and section entries override
previously loaded sections and section entries (this is sometimes
referred to as 'cascading'). Consequently, downstream configuration
files need only contain those sections and section entries that need
to be overridden.
TIP: When creating custom configuration files you only need to include
the sections and entries that differ from the default configuration.
TIP: The best way to learn about configuration files is to read the
default configuration files in the AsciiDoc distribution in
conjunction with asciidoc(1) output files. You can view configuration
file load sequence by turning on the asciidoc(1) `-v` (`--verbose`)
command-line option.
AsciiDoc reserves the following section names for specific purposes:
miscellaneous::
Configuration options that don't belong anywhere else.
attributes::
Attribute name/value entries.
specialcharacters::
Special characters reserved by the backend markup.
tags::
Backend markup tags.
quotes::
Definitions for quoted inline character formatting.
specialwords::
Lists of words and phrases singled out for special markup.
replacements, replacements2, replacements3::
Find and replace substitution definitions.
specialsections::
Used to single out special section names for specific markup.
macros::
Macro syntax definitions.
titles::
Heading, section and block title definitions.
paradef-*::
Paragraph element definitions.
blockdef-*::
DelimitedBlock element definitions.
listdef-*::
List element definitions.
listtags-*::
List element tag definitions.
tabledef-*::
Table element definitions.
tabletags-*::
Table element tag definitions.
Each line of text in these sections is a 'section entry'. Section
entries share the following syntax:
name=value::
The entry value is set to value.
name=::
The entry value is set to a zero length string.
name!::
The entry is undefined (deleted from the configuration). This
syntax only applies to 'attributes' and 'miscellaneous'
sections.
.Section entry behavior
- All equals characters inside the `name` must be escaped with a
backslash character.
- `name` and `value` are stripped of leading and trailing white space.
- Attribute names, tag entry names and markup template section names
consist of one or more alphanumeric, underscore or dash characters.
Names should not begin or end with a dash.
- A blank configuration file section (one without any entries) deletes
any preceding section with the same name (applies to non-markup
template sections).
Miscellaneous section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The optional `[miscellaneous]` section specifies the following
`name=value` options:
newline::
Output file line termination characters. Can include any
valid Python string escape sequences. The default value is
`\r\n` (carriage return, line feed). Should not be quoted or
contain explicit spaces (use `\x20` instead). For example:
$ asciidoc -a 'newline=\n' -b docbook mydoc.txt
outfilesuffix::
The default extension for the output file, for example
`outfilesuffix=.html`. Defaults to backend name.
tabsize::
The number of spaces to expand tab characters, for example
`tabsize=4`. Defaults to 8. A 'tabsize' of zero suppresses tab
expansion (useful when piping included files through block
filters). Included files can override this option using the
'tabsize' attribute.
pagewidth, pageunits::
These global table related options are documented in the
<<X4,Table Configuration File Definitions>> sub-section.
NOTE: `[miscellaneous]` configuration file entries can be set using
the asciidoc(1) `-a` (`--attribute`) command-line option.
Titles section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
sectiontitle::
Two line section title pattern. The entry value is a Python
regular expression containing the named group 'title'.
underlines::
A comma separated list of document and section title underline
character pairs starting with the section level 0 and ending
with section level 4 underline. The default setting is:
underlines="==","--","~~","^^","++"
sect0...sect4::
One line section title patterns. The entry value is a Python
regular expression containing the named group 'title'.
blocktitle::
<<X42,BlockTitle element>> pattern. The entry value is a
Python regular expression containing the named group 'title'.
subs::
A comma separated list of substitutions that are performed on
the document header and section titles. Defaults to 'normal'
substitution.
Tags section
~~~~~~~~~~~~
The `[tags]` section contains backend tag definitions (one per
line). Tags are used to translate AsciiDoc elements to backend
markup.
An AsciiDoc tag definition is formatted like
`<tagname>=<starttag>|<endtag>`. For example:
emphasis=<em>|</em>
In this example asciidoc(1) replaces the | character with the
emphasized text from the AsciiDoc input file and writes the result to
the output file.
Use the `{brvbar}` attribute reference if you need to include a | pipe
character inside tag text.
Attributes section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The optional `[attributes]` section contains predefined attributes.
If the attribute value requires leading or trailing spaces then the
text text should be enclosed in quotation mark (") characters.
To delete a attribute insert a `name!` entry in a downstream
configuration file or use the asciidoc(1) `--attribute name!`
command-line option (an attribute name suffixed with a `!` character
deletes the attribute)
Special Characters section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The `[specialcharacters]` section specifies how to escape characters
reserved by the backend markup. Each translation is specified on a
single line formatted like:
<special_character>=<translated_characters>
Special characters are normally confined to those that resolve
markup ambiguity (in the case of HTML and XML markups the ampersand,
less than and greater than characters). The following example causes
all occurrences of the `<` character to be replaced by `<`.
<=<
Quoted Text section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Quoting is used primarily for text formatting. The `[quotes]` section
defines AsciiDoc quoting characters and their corresponding backend
markup tags. Each section entry value is the name of a of a `[tags]`
section entry. The entry name is the character (or characters) that
quote the text. The following examples are taken from AsciiDoc
configuration files:
[quotes]
_=emphasis
[tags]
emphasis=<em>|</em>
You can specify the left and right quote strings separately by
separating them with a | character, for example:
``|''=quoted
Omitting the tag will disable quoting, for example, if you don't want
superscripts or subscripts put the following in a custom configuration
file or edit the global `asciidoc.conf` configuration file:
[quotes]
^=
~=
<<X52,Unconstrained quotes>> are differentiated from constrained
quotes by prefixing the tag name with a hash character, for example:
__=#emphasis
.Quoted text behavior
- Quote characters must be non-alphanumeric.
- To minimize quoting ambiguity try not to use the same quote
characters in different quote types.
Special Words section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The `[specialwords]` section is used to single out words and phrases
that you want to consistently format in some way throughout your
document without having to repeatedly specify the markup. The name of
each entry corresponds to a markup template section and the entry
value consists of a list of words and phrases to be marked up. For
example:
[specialwords]
strongwords=NOTE IMPORTANT
[strongwords]
<strong>{words}</strong>
The examples specifies that any occurrence of `NOTE` or `IMPORTANT`
should appear in a bold font.
Words and word phrases are treated as Python regular expressions: for
example, the word `^NOTE` would only match `NOTE` if appeared at
the start of a line.
AsciiDoc comes with three built-in Special Word types:
'emphasizedwords', 'monospacedwords' and 'strongwords', each has a
corresponding (backend specific) markup template section. Edit the
configuration files to customize existing Special Words and to add new
ones.
.Special word behavior
- Word list entries must be separated by space characters.
- Word list entries with embedded spaces should be enclosed in quotation (")
characters.
- A `[specialwords]` section entry of the form
+name=word1{nbsp}[word2...]+ adds words to existing `name` entries.
- A `[specialwords]` section entry of the form `name` undefines
(deletes) all existing `name` words.
- Since word list entries are processed as Python regular expressions
you need to be careful to escape regular expression special
characters.
- By default Special Words are substituted before Inline Macros, this
may lead to undesirable consequences. For example the special word
`foobar` would be expanded inside the macro call
`http://www.foobar.com[]`. A possible solution is to emphasize
whole words only by defining the word using regular expression
characters, for example `\bfoobar\b`.
- If the first matched character of a special word is a backslash then
the remaining characters are output without markup i.e. the
backslash can be used to escape special word markup. For example
the special word `\\?\b[Tt]en\b` will mark up the words `Ten` and
`ten` only if they are not preceded by a backslash.
[[X10]]
Replacements section
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
`[replacements]`, `[replacements2]` and `[replacements3]`
configuration file entries specify find and replace text and are
formatted like:
<find_pattern>=<replacement_text>
The find text can be a Python regular expression; the replace text can
contain Python regular expression group references.
Use Replacement shortcuts for often used macro references, for
example (the second replacement allows us to backslash escape the
macro name):
NEW!=image:./images/smallnew.png[New!]
\\NEW!=NEW!
The only difference between the three replacement types is how they
are applied. By default 'replacements' and 'replacement2' are applied
in <<X102,normal>> substitution contexts whereas 'replacements3' needs
to be configured explicitly and should only be used in backend
configuration files.
.Replacement behavior
- The built-in replacements can be escaped with a backslash.
- If the find or replace text has leading or trailing spaces then the
text should be enclosed in quotation (") characters.
- Since the find text is processed as a regular expression you need to
be careful to escape regular expression special characters.
- Replacements are performed in the same order they appear in the
configuration file replacements section.
Markup Template Sections
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Markup template sections supply backend markup for translating
AsciiDoc elements. Since the text is normally backend dependent
you'll find these sections in the backend specific configuration
files. Template sections differ from other sections in that they
contain a single block of text instead of per line 'name=value'
entries. A markup template section body can contain:
- Attribute references
- System macro calls.
- A document content placeholder
The document content placeholder is a single | character and is
replaced by text from the source element. Use the `{brvbar}`
attribute reference if you need a literal | character in the template.
[[X27]]
Configuration file names, precedence and locations
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Configuration files have a `.conf` file name extension; they are
loaded from the following locations:
1. The directory containing the asciidoc executable.
2. If there is no `asciidoc.conf` file in the directory containing the
asciidoc executable then load from the global configuration
directory (normally `/etc/asciidoc` or `/usr/local/etc/asciidoc`)
i.e. the global configuration files directory is skipped if
AsciiDoc configuration files are installed in the same directory as
the asciidoc executable. This allows both a system wide copy and
multiple local copies of AsciiDoc to coexist on the same host PC.
3. The user's `$HOME/.asciidoc` directory (if it exists).
4. The directory containing the AsciiDoc source file.
5. Explicit configuration files specified using:
- The `conf-files` attribute (one or more file names separated by a
`|` character). These files are loaded in the order they are
specified and prior to files specified using the `--conf-file`
command-line option.
- The asciidoc(1) `--conf-file`) command-line option. The
`--conf-file` option can be specified multiple times, in which
case configuration files will be processed in the same order they
appear on the command-line.
6. <<X100,Backend plugin>> configuration files are loaded from
subdirectories named like `backends/<backend>` in locations 1, 2
and 3.
7. <<X59,Filter>> configuration files are loaded from subdirectories
named like `filters/<filter>` in locations 1, 2 and 3.
Configuration files from the above locations are loaded in the
following order:
- The `[attributes]` section only from:
* `asciidoc.conf` in location 3
* Files from location 5.
+
This first pass makes locally set attributes available in the global
`asciidoc.conf` file.
- `asciidoc.conf` from locations 1, 2, 3.
- 'attributes', 'titles' and 'specialcharacters' sections from the
`asciidoc.conf` in location 4.
- The document header is parsed at this point and we can assume the
'backend' and 'doctype' have now been defined.
- Backend plugin `<backend>.conf` and `<backend>-<doctype>.conf` files
from locations 6. If a backend plugin is not found then try
locations 1, 2 and 3 for `<backend>.conf` and
`<backend>-<doctype>.conf` backend configuration files.
- Filter conf files from locations 7.
- `lang-<lang>.conf` from locations 1, 2, 3.
- `asciidoc.conf` from location 4.
- `<backend>.conf` and `<backend>-<doctype>.conf` from location 4.
- Filter conf files from location 4.
- `<docfile>.conf` and `<docfile>-<backend>.conf` from location 4.
- Configuration files from location 5.
Where:
- `<backend>` and `<doctype>` are values specified by the asciidoc(1)
`-b` (`--backend`) and `-d` (`--doctype`) command-line options.
- `<infile>` is the path name of the AsciiDoc input file without the
file name extension.
- `<lang>` is a two letter country code set by the the AsciiDoc 'lang'
attribute.
[NOTE]
=====================================================================
The backend and language global configuration files are loaded *after*
the header has been parsed. This means that you can set most
attributes in the document header. Here's an example header:
Life's Mysteries
================
:author: Hu Nose
:doctype: book
:toc:
:icons:
:data-uri:
:lang: en
:encoding: iso-8859-1
Attributes set in the document header take precedence over
configuration file attributes.
=====================================================================
TIP: Use the asciidoc(1) `-v` (`--verbose`) command-line option to see
which configuration files are loaded and the order in which they are
loaded.
Document Attributes
-------------------
A document attribute is comprised of a 'name' and a textual 'value'
and is used for textual substitution in AsciiDoc documents and
configuration files. An attribute reference (an attribute name
enclosed in braces) is replaced by the corresponding attribute
value. Attribute names are case insensitive and can only contain
alphanumeric, dash and underscore characters.
There are four sources of document attributes (from highest to lowest
precedence):
- Command-line attributes.
- AttributeEntry, AttributeList, Macro and BlockId elements.
- Configuration file `[attributes]` sections.
- Intrinsic attributes.
Within each of these divisions the last processed entry takes
precedence.
NOTE: If an attribute is not defined then the line containing the
attribute reference is dropped. This property is used extensively in
AsciiDoc configuration files to facilitate conditional markup
generation.
[[X18]]
Attribute Entries
-----------------
The `AttributeEntry` block element allows document attributes to be
assigned within an AsciiDoc document. Attribute entries are added to
the global document attributes dictionary. The attribute name/value
syntax is a single line like:
:<name>: <value>
For example:
:Author Initials: JB
This will set an attribute reference `{authorinitials}` to the value
'JB' in the current document.
To delete (undefine) an attribute use the following syntax:
:<name>!:
.AttributeEntry behavior
- The attribute entry line begins with colon -- no white space allowed
in left margin.
- AsciiDoc converts the `<name>` to a legal attribute name (lower
case, alphanumeric, dash and underscore characters only -- all other
characters deleted). This allows more human friendly text to be
used.
- Leading and trailing white space is stripped from the `<value>`.
- Lines ending in a space followed by a plus character are continued
to the next line, for example:
:description: AsciiDoc is a text document format for writing notes, +
documentation, articles, books, slideshows, web pages +
and man pages.
- If the `<value>` is blank then the corresponding attribute value is
set to an empty string.
- Attribute references contained in the entry `<value>` will be
expanded.
- By default AttributeEntry values are substituted for
`specialcharacters` and `attributes` (see above), if you want to
change or disable AttributeEntry substitution use the <<X77,pass:[]
inline macro>> syntax.
- Attribute entries in the document Header are available for header
markup template substitution.
- Attribute elements override configuration file and intrinsic
attributes but do not override command-line attributes.
Here are some more attribute entry examples:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
AsciiDoc User Manual
====================
:author: Stuart Rackham
:email: srackham@gmail.com
:revdate: April 23, 2004
:revnumber: 5.1.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Which creates these attributes:
{author}, {firstname}, {lastname}, {authorinitials}, {email},
{revdate}, {revnumber}
The previous example is equivalent to this <<X95,document header>>:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
AsciiDoc User Manual
====================
Stuart Rackham <srackham@gmail.com>
5.1.1, April 23, 2004
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Setting configuration entries
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A variant of the Attribute Entry syntax allows configuration file
section entries and markup template sections to be set from within an
AsciiDoc document:
:<section_name>.[<entry_name>]: <entry_value>
Where `<section_name>` is the configuration section name,
`<entry_name>` is the name of the entry and `<entry_value>` is the
optional entry value. This example sets the default labeled list
style to 'horizontal':
:listdef-labeled.style: horizontal
It is exactly equivalent to a configuration file containing:
[listdef-labeled]
style=horizontal
- If the `<entry_name>` is omitted then the entire section is
substituted with the `<entry_value>`. This feature should only be
used to set markup template sections. The following example sets the
'xref2' inline macro markup template:
:xref2-inlinemacro.: <a href="#{1}">{2?{2}}</a>
- No substitution is performed on configuration file attribute entries
and they cannot be undefined.
- This feature can only be used in attribute entries -- configuration
attributes cannot be set using the asciidoc(1) command `--attribute`
option.
[[X62]]
.Attribute entries promote clarity and eliminate repetition
*********************************************************************
URLs and file names in AsciiDoc macros are often quite long -- they
break paragraph flow and readability suffers. The problem is
compounded by redundancy if the same name is used repeatedly.
Attribute entries can be used to make your documents easier to read
and write, here are some examples:
:1: http://freshmeat.net/projects/asciidoc/
:homepage: http://methods.co.nz/asciidoc/[AsciiDoc home page]
:new: image:./images/smallnew.png[]
:footnote1: footnote:[A meaningless latin term]
Using previously defined attributes: See the {1}[Freshmeat summary]
or the {homepage} for something new {new}. Lorem ispum {footnote1}.
.Note
- The attribute entry definition must precede it's usage.
- You are not limited to URLs or file names, entire macro calls or
arbitrary lines of text can be abbreviated.
- Shared attributes entries could be grouped into a separate file and
<<X63,included>> in multiple documents.
*********************************************************************
[[X21]]
Attribute Lists
---------------
- An attribute list is a comma separated list of attribute values.
- The entire list is enclosed in square brackets.
- Attribute lists are used to pass parameters to macros, blocks (using
the <<X79,AttributeList element>>) and inline quotes.
The list consists of zero or more positional attribute values followed
by zero or more named attribute values. Here are three examples: a
single unquoted positional attribute; three unquoted positional
attribute values; one positional attribute followed by two named
attributes; the unquoted attribute value in the final example contains
comma (`,`) and double-quote (`"`) character entities:
[Hello]
[quote, Bertrand Russell, The World of Mathematics (1956)]
["22 times", backcolor="#0e0e0e", options="noborders,wide"]
[A footnote, "with an image" image:smallnew.png[]]
.Attribute list behavior
- If one or more attribute values contains a comma the all string
values must be quoted (enclosed in double quotation mark
characters).
- If the list contains any named or quoted attributes then all string
attribute values must be quoted.
- To include a double quotation mark (") character in a quoted
attribute value the the quotation mark must be escaped with a
backslash.
- List attributes take precedence over existing attributes.
- List attributes can only be referenced in configuration file markup
templates and tags, they are not available elsewhere in the
document.
- Setting a named attribute to `None` undefines the attribute.
- Positional attributes are referred to as `{1}`,`{2}`,`{3}`,...
- Attribute `{0}` refers to the entire list (excluding the enclosing
square brackets).
- Named attribute names cannot contain dash characters.
[[X75]]
Options attribute
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
If the attribute list contains an attribute named `options` it is
processed as a comma separated list of option names:
- Each name generates an attribute named like `<option>-option` (where
`<option>` is the option name) with an empty string value. For
example `[options="opt1,opt2,opt3"]` is equivalent to setting the
following three attributes
`[opt1-option="",opt2-option="",opt2-option=""]`.
- If you define a an option attribute globally (for example with an
<<X18,attribute entry>>) then it will apply to all elements in the
document.
- AsciiDoc implements a number of predefined options which are listed
in the <<X74,Attribute Options appendix>>.
Macro Attribute lists
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Macros calls are suffixed with an attribute list. The list may be
empty but it cannot be omitted. List entries are used to pass
attribute values to macro markup templates.
Attribute References
--------------------
An attribute reference is an attribute name (possibly followed by an
additional parameters) enclosed in curly braces. When an attribute
reference is encountered it is evaluated and replaced by its
corresponding text value. If the attribute is undefined the line
containing the attribute is dropped.
There are three types of attribute reference: 'Simple', 'Conditional'
and 'System'.
.Attribute reference evaluation
- You can suppress attribute reference expansion by placing a
backslash character immediately in front of the opening brace
character.
- By default attribute references are not expanded in
'LiteralParagraphs', 'ListingBlocks' or 'LiteralBlocks'.
- Attribute substitution proceeds line by line in reverse line order.
- Attribute reference evaluation is performed in the following order:
'Simple' then 'Conditional' and finally 'System'.
Simple Attributes References
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Simple attribute references take the form `{<name>}`. If the
attribute name is defined its text value is substituted otherwise the
line containing the reference is dropped from the output.
Conditional Attribute References
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Additional parameters are used in conjunction with attribute names to
calculate a substitution value. Conditional attribute references take
the following forms:
`{<names>=<value>}`::
`<value>` is substituted if the attribute `<names>` is
undefined otherwise its value is substituted. `<value>` can
contain simple attribute references.
`{<names>?<value>}`::
`<value>` is substituted if the attribute `<names>` is defined
otherwise an empty string is substituted. `<value>` can
contain simple attribute references.
`{<names>!<value>}`::
`<value>` is substituted if the attribute `<names>` is
undefined otherwise an empty string is substituted. `<value>`
can contain simple attribute references.
`{<names>#<value>}`::
`<value>` is substituted if the attribute `<names>` is defined
otherwise the undefined attribute entry causes the containing
line to be dropped. `<value>` can contain simple attribute
references.
`{<names>%<value>}`::
`<value>` is substituted if the attribute `<names>` is not
defined otherwise the containing line is dropped. `<value>`
can contain simple attribute references.
`{<names>@<regexp>:<value1>[:<value2>]}`::
`<value1>` is substituted if the value of attribute `<names>`
matches the regular expression `<regexp>` otherwise `<value2>`
is substituted. If attribute `<names>` is not defined the
containing line is dropped. If `<value2>` is omitted an empty
string is assumed. The values and the regular expression can
contain simple attribute references. To embed colons in the
values or the regular expression escape them with backslashes.
`{<names>$<regexp>:<value1>[:<value2>]}`::
Same behavior as the previous ternary attribute except for
the following cases:
`{<names>$<regexp>:<value>}`;;
Substitutes `<value>` if `<names>` matches `<regexp>`
otherwise the result is undefined and the containing
line is dropped.
`{<names>$<regexp>::<value>}`;;
Substitutes `<value>` if `<names>` does not match
`<regexp>` otherwise the result is undefined and the
containing line is dropped.
The attribute `<names>` parameter normally consists of a single
attribute name but it can be any one of the following:
- A single attribute name which evaluates to the attributes value.
- Multiple ',' separated attribute names which evaluates to an empty
string if one or more of the attributes is defined, otherwise it's
value is undefined.
- Multiple '+' separated attribute names which evaluates to an empty
string if all of the attributes are defined, otherwise it's value is
undefined.
Conditional attributes with single attribute names are evaluated first
so they can be used inside the multi-attribute conditional `<value>`.
Conditional attribute examples
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Conditional attributes are mainly used in AsciiDoc configuration
files -- see the distribution `.conf` files for examples.
Attribute equality test::
If `{backend}` is 'docbook45' or 'xhtml11' the example evaluates to
``DocBook 4.5 or XHTML 1.1 backend'' otherwise it evaluates to
``some other backend'':
{backend@docbook45|xhtml11:DocBook 4.5 or XHTML 1.1 backend:some other backend}
Attribute value map::
This example maps the `frame` attribute values [`topbot`, `all`,
`none`, `sides`] to [`hsides`, `border`, `void`, `vsides`]:
{frame@topbot:hsides}{frame@all:border}{frame@none:void}{frame@sides:vsides}
[[X24]]
System Attribute References
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
System attribute references generate the attribute text value by
executing a predefined action that is parametrized by one or more
arguments. The syntax is `{<action>:<arguments>}`.
`{counter:<attrname>[:<seed>]}`::
Increments the document attribute (if the attribute is
undefined it is set to `1`). Returns the new attribute value.
- Counters generate global (document wide) attributes.
- The optional `<seed>` specifies the counter's initial value;
it can be a number or a single letter; defaults to '1'.
- `<seed>` can contain simple and conditional attribute
references.
- The 'counter' system attribute will not be executed if the
containing line is dropped by the prior evaluation of an
undefined attribute.
`{counter2:<attrname>[:<seed>]}`::
Same as `counter` except the it always returns a blank string.
`{eval:<expression>}`::
Substitutes the result of the Python `<expression>`.
- If `<expression>` evaluates to `None` or `False` the
reference is deemed undefined and the line containing the
reference is dropped from the output.
- If the expression evaluates to `True` the attribute
evaluates to an empty string.
- `<expression>` can contain simple and conditional attribute
references.
- The 'eval' system attribute can be nested inside other
system attributes.
`{eval3:<command>}`::
Passthrough version of `{eval:<expression>}` -- the generated
output is written directly to the output without any further
substitutions.
`{include:<filename>}`::
Substitutes contents of the file named `<filename>`.
- The included file is read at the time of attribute
substitution.
- If the file does not exist a warning is emitted and the line
containing the reference is dropped from the output file.
- Tabs are expanded based on the current 'tabsize' attribute
value.
`{set:<attrname>[!][:<value>]}`::
Sets or unsets document attribute. Normally only used in
configuration file markup templates (use
<<X18,AttributeEntries>> in AsciiDoc documents).
- If the attribute name is followed by an exclamation mark
the attribute becomes undefined.
- If `<value>` is omitted the attribute is set to a blank
string.
- `<value>` can contain simple and conditional attribute
references.
- Returns a blank string unless the attribute is undefined in
which case the return value is undefined and the enclosing
line will be dropped.
`{set2:<attrname>[!][:<value>]}`::
Same as `set` except that the attribute scope is local to the
template.
`{sys:<command>}`::
Substitutes the stdout generated by the execution of the shell
`<command>`.
`{sys2:<command>}`::
Substitutes the stdout and stderr generated by the execution
of the shell `<command>`.
`{sys3:<command>}`::
Passthrough version of `{sys:<command>}` -- the generated
output is written directly to the output without any further
substitutions.
`{template:<template>}`::
Substitutes the contents of the configuration file section
named `<template>`. Attribute references contained in the
template are substituted.
.System reference behavior
- System attribute arguments can contain non-system attribute
references.
- Closing brace characters inside system attribute arguments must be
escaped with a backslash.
[[X60]]
Intrinsic Attributes
--------------------
Intrinsic attributes are simple attributes that are created
automatically from: AsciiDoc document header parameters; asciidoc(1)
command-line arguments; attributes defined in the default
configuration files; the execution context. Here's the list of
predefined intrinsic attributes:
{amp} ampersand (&) character entity
{asciidoc-args} used to pass inherited arguments to asciidoc filters
{asciidoc-confdir} the asciidoc(1) global configuration directory
{asciidoc-dir} the asciidoc(1) application directory
{asciidoc-file} the full path name of the asciidoc(1) script
{asciidoc-version} the version of asciidoc(1)
{author} author's full name
{authored} empty string '' if {author} or {email} defined,
{authorinitials} author initials (from document header)
{backend-<backend>} empty string ''
{<backend>-<doctype>} empty string ''
{backend} document backend specified by `-b` option
{backend-confdir} the directory containing the <backend>.conf file
{backslash} backslash character
{basebackend-<base>} empty string ''
{basebackend} html or docbook
{blockname} current block name (note 8).
{brvbar} broken vertical bar (|) character
{docdate} document last modified date
{docdir} document input directory name (note 5)
{docfile} document file name (note 5)
{docname} document file name without extension (note 6)
{doctime} document last modified time
{doctitle} document title (from document header)
{doctype-<doctype>} empty string ''
{doctype} document type specified by `-d` option
{email} author's email address (from document header)
{empty} empty string ''
{encoding} specifies input and output encoding
{filetype-<fileext>} empty string ''
{filetype} output file name file extension
{firstname} author first name (from document header)
{gt} greater than (>) character entity
{id} running block id generated by BlockId elements
{indir} input file directory name (note 2,5)
{infile} input file name (note 2,5)
{lastname} author last name (from document header)
{ldquo} Left double quote character (note 7)
{level} title level 1..4 (in section titles)
{listindex} the list index (1..) of the most recent list item
{localdate} the current date
{localtime} the current time
{lsquo} Left single quote character (note 7)
{lt} less than (<) character entity
{manname} manpage name (defined in NAME section)
{manpurpose} manpage (defined in NAME section)
{mantitle} document title minus the manpage volume number
{manvolnum} manpage volume number (1..8) (from document header)
{middlename} author middle name (from document header)
{nbsp} non-breaking space character entity
{notitle} do not display the document title
{outdir} document output directory name (note 2)
{outfile} output file name (note 2)
{python} the full path name of the Python interpreter executable
{rdquo} Right double quote character (note 7)
{reftext} running block xreflabel generated by BlockId elements
{revdate} document revision date (from document header)
{revnumber} document revision number (from document header)
{rsquo} Right single quote character (note 7)
{sectnum} formatted section number (in section titles)
{sp} space character
{showcomments} send comment lines to the output
{title} section title (in titled elements)
{two-colons} Two colon characters
{two-semicolons} Two semicolon characters
{user-dir} the ~/.asciidoc directory (if it exists)
{verbose} defined as '' if --verbose command option specified
{wj} Word-joiner
{zwsp} Zero-width space character entity
[NOTE]
======
1. Intrinsic attributes are global so avoid defining custom attributes
with the same names.
2. `{outfile}`, `{outdir}`, `{infile}`, `{indir}` attributes are
effectively read-only (you can set them but it won't affect the
input or output file paths).
3. See also the <<X88,Backend Attributes>> section for attributes
that relate to AsciiDoc XHTML file generation.
4. The entries that translate to blank strings are designed to be used
for conditional text inclusion. You can also use the `ifdef`,
`ifndef` and `endif` System macros for conditional inclusion.
footnote:[Conditional inclusion using `ifdef` and `ifndef` macros
differs from attribute conditional inclusion in that the former
occurs when the file is read while the latter occurs when the
contents are written.]
5. `{docfile}` and `{docdir}` refer to root document specified on the
asciidoc(1) command-line; `{infile}` and `{indir}` refer to the
current input file which may be the root document or an included
file. When the input is being read from the standard input
(`stdin`) these attributes are undefined.
6. If the input file is the standard input and the output file is not
the standard output then `{docname}` is the output file name sans
file extension.
7. See
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-English_usage_of_quotation_marks[non-English
usage of quotation marks].
8. The `{blockname}` attribute identifies the style of the current
block. It applies to delimited blocks, lists and tables. Here is a
list of `{blockname}` values (does not include filters or custom
block and style names):
delimited blocks:: comment, sidebar, open, pass, literal, verse,
listing, quote, example, note, tip, important, caution, warning,
abstract, partintro
lists:: arabic, loweralpha, upperalpha, lowerroman, upperroman,
labeled, labeled3, labeled4, qanda, horizontal, bibliography,
glossary
tables:: table
======
[[X73]]
Block Element Definitions
-------------------------
The syntax and behavior of Paragraph, DelimitedBlock, List and Table
block elements is determined by block definitions contained in
<<X7,AsciiDoc configuration file>> sections.
Each definition consists of a section title followed by one or more
section entries. Each entry defines a block parameter controlling some
aspect of the block's behavior. Here's an example:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[blockdef-listing]
delimiter=^-{4,}$
template=listingblock
presubs=specialcharacters,callouts
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Configuration file block definition sections are processed
incrementally after each configuration file is loaded. Block
definition section entries are merged into the block definition, this
allows block parameters to be overridden and extended by later
<<X27,loading configuration files>>.
AsciiDoc Paragraph, DelimitedBlock, List and Table block elements
share a common subset of configuration file parameters:
delimiter::
A Python regular expression that matches the first line of a block
element -- in the case of DelimitedBlocks and Tables it also matches
the last line.
template::
The name of the configuration file markup template section that will
envelope the block contents. The pipe ('|') character is substituted
for the block contents. List elements use a set of (list specific)
tag parameters instead of a single template. The template name can
contain attribute references allowing dynamic template selection a
the time of template substitution.
options::
A comma delimited list of element specific option names. In addition
to being used internally, options are available during markup tag
and template substitution as attributes with an empty string value
named like `<option>-option` (where `<option>` is the option name).
See <<X74,attribute options>> for a complete list of available
options.
subs, presubs, postsubs::
* 'presubs' and 'postsubs' are lists of comma separated substitutions that are
performed on the block contents. 'presubs' is applied first,
'postsubs' (if specified) second.
* 'subs' is an alias for 'presubs'.
* If a 'filter' is allowed (Paragraphs, DelimitedBlocks and Tables)
and has been specified then 'presubs' and 'postsubs' substitutions
are performed before and after the filter is run respectively.
* Allowed values: 'specialcharacters', 'quotes', 'specialwords',
'replacements', 'macros', 'attributes', 'callouts'.
* [[X102]]The following composite values are also allowed:
'none';;
No substitutions.
'normal';;
The following substitutions in the following order:
'specialcharacters', 'quotes', 'attributes', 'specialwords',
'replacements', 'macros', 'replacements2'.
'verbatim';;
The following substitutions in the following order:
'specialcharacters' and 'callouts'.
* 'normal' and 'verbatim' substitutions can be redefined by with
`subsnormal` and `subsverbatim` entries in a configuration file
`[miscellaneous]` section.
* The substitutions are processed in the order in which they are
listed and can appear more than once.
filter::
This optional entry specifies an executable shell command for
processing block content (Paragraphs, DelimitedBlocks and Tables).
The filter command can contain attribute references.
posattrs::
Optional comma separated list of positional attribute names. This
list maps positional attributes (in the block's <<X21,attribute
list>>) to named block attributes. The following example, from the
QuoteBlock definition, maps the first and section positional
attributes:
posattrs=attribution,citetitle
style::
This optional parameter specifies the default style name.
<stylename>-style::
Optional style definition (see <<X23,Styles>> below).
The following block parameters behave like document attributes and can
be set in block attribute lists and style definitions: 'template',
'options', 'subs', 'presubs', 'postsubs', 'filter'.
[[X23]]
Styles
~~~~~~
A style is a set of block parameter bundled as a single named
parameter. The following example defines a style named 'verbatim':
verbatim-style=template="literalblock",subs="verbatim"
If a block's <<X21,attribute list>> contains a 'style' attribute then
the corresponding style parameters are be merged into the default
block definition parameters.
- All style parameter names must be suffixed with `-style` and the
style parameter value is in the form of a list of <<X21,named
attributes>>.
- The 'template' style parameter is mandatory, other parameters can be
omitted in which case they inherit their values from the default
block definition parameters.
- Multi-item style parameters ('subs','presubs','postsubs','posattrs')
must be specified using Python tuple syntax (rather than a simple
list of values as they in separate entries) e.g.
`postsubs=("callouts",)` not `postsubs="callouts"`.
Paragraphs
~~~~~~~~~~
Paragraph translation is controlled by `[paradef-*]` configuration
file section entries. Users can define new types of paragraphs and
modify the behavior of existing types by editing AsciiDoc
configuration files.
Here is the shipped Default paragraph definition:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
[paradef-default]
delimiter=(?P<text>\S.*)
template=paragraph
--------------------------------------------------------------------
The normal paragraph definition has a couple of special properties:
1. It must exist and be defined in a configuration file section named
`[paradef-default]`.
2. Irrespective of its position in the configuration files default
paragraph document matches are attempted only after trying all
other paragraph types.
Paragraph specific block parameter notes:
delimiter::
This regular expression must contain the named group 'text' which
matches the text on the first line. Paragraphs are terminated by a
blank line, the end of file, or the start of a DelimitedBlock.
options::
The 'listelement' option specifies that paragraphs of this type will
automatically be considered part of immediately preceding list
items. The 'skip' option causes the paragraph to be treated as a
comment (see <<X26,CommentBlocks>>).
.Paragraph processing proceeds as follows:
1. The paragraph text is aligned to the left margin.
2. Optional 'presubs' inline substitutions are performed on the
paragraph text.
3. If a filter command is specified it is executed and the paragraph
text piped to its standard input; the filter output replaces the
paragraph text.
4. Optional 'postsubs' inline substitutions are performed on the
paragraph text.
5. The paragraph text is enveloped by the paragraph's markup template
and written to the output file.
Delimited Blocks
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
DelimitedBlock 'options' values are:
sectionbody::
The block contents are processed as a SectionBody.
skip::
The block is treated as a comment (see <<X26,CommentBlocks>>).
Preceding <<X21,attribute lists>> and <<X42,block titles>> are not
consumed.
'presubs', 'postsubs' and 'filter' entries are ignored when
'sectionbody' or 'skip' options are set.
DelimitedBlock processing proceeds as follows:
1. Optional 'presubs' substitutions are performed on the block
contents.
2. If a filter is specified it is executed and the block's contents
piped to its standard input. The filter output replaces the block
contents.
3. Optional 'postsubs' substitutions are performed on the block
contents.
4. The block contents is enveloped by the block's markup template and
written to the output file.
TIP: Attribute expansion is performed on the block filter command
before it is executed, this is useful for passing arguments to the
filter.
Lists
~~~~~
List behavior and syntax is determined by `[listdef-*]` configuration
file sections. The user can change existing list behavior and add new
list types by editing configuration files.
List specific block definition notes:
type::
This is either 'bulleted','numbered','labeled' or 'callout'.
delimiter::
A Python regular expression that matches the first line of a
list element entry. This expression can contain the named groups
'text' (bulleted groups), 'index' and 'text' (numbered lists),
'label' and 'text' (labeled lists).
tags::
The `<name>` of the `[listtags-<name>]` configuration file section
containing list markup tag definitions. The tag entries ('list',
'entry', 'label', 'term', 'text') map the AsciiDoc list structure to
backend markup; see the 'listtags' sections in the AsciiDoc
distributed backend `.conf` configuration files for examples.
Tables
~~~~~~
Table behavior and syntax is determined by `[tabledef-*]` and
`[tabletags-*]` configuration file sections. The user can change
existing table behavior and add new table types by editing
configuration files. The following `[tabledef-*]` section entries
generate table output markup elements:
colspec::
The table 'colspec' tag definition.
headrow, footrow, bodyrow::
Table header, footer and body row tag definitions. 'headrow' and
'footrow' table definition entries default to 'bodyrow' if
they are undefined.
headdata, footdata, bodydata::
Table header, footer and body data tag definitions. 'headdata' and
'footdata' table definition entries default to 'bodydata' if they
are undefined.
paragraph::
If the 'paragraph' tag is specified then blank lines in the cell
data are treated as paragraph delimiters and marked up using this
tag.
[[X4]]
Table behavior is also influenced by the following `[miscellaneous]`
configuration file entries:
pagewidth::
This integer value is the printable width of the output media. See
<<X69,table attributes>>.
pageunits::
The units of width in output markup width attribute values.
.Table definition behavior
- The output markup generation is specifically designed to work with
the HTML and CALS (DocBook) table models, but should be adaptable to
most XML table schema.
- Table definitions can be ``mixed in'' from multiple cascading
configuration files.
- New table definitions inherit the default table and table tags
definitions (`[tabledef-default]` and `[tabletags-default]`) so you
only need to override those conf file entries that require
modification.
[[X59]]
Filters
-------
AsciiDoc filters allow external commands to process AsciiDoc
'Paragraphs', 'DelimitedBlocks' and 'Table' content. Filters are
primarily an extension mechanism for generating specialized outputs.
Filters are implemented using external commands which are specified in
configuration file definitions.
There's nothing special about the filters, they're just standard UNIX
filters: they read text from the standard input, process it, and write
to the standard output.
The asciidoc(1) command `--filter` option can be used to install and
remove filters. The same option is used to unconditionally load a
filter.
Attribute substitution is performed on the filter command prior to
execution -- attributes can be used to pass parameters from the
AsciiDoc source document to the filter.
WARNING: Filters sometimes included executable code. Before installing
a filter you should verify that it is from a trusted source.
Filter Search Paths
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
If the filter command does not specify a directory path then
asciidoc(1) recursively searches for the executable filter command:
- First it looks in the user's `$HOME/.asciidoc/filters` directory.
- Next the global filters directory (usually `/etc/asciidoc/filters`
or `/usr/local/etc/asciidoc`) directory is searched.
- Then it looks in the asciidoc(1) `./filters` directory.
- Finally it relies on the executing shell to search the environment
search path (`$PATH`).
Standard practice is to install each filter in it's own sub-directory
with the same name as the filter's style definition. For example the
music filter's style name is 'music' so it's configuration and filter
files are stored in the `filters/music` directory.
Filter Configuration Files
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Filters are normally accompanied by a configuration file containing a
Paragraph or DelimitedBlock definition along with corresponding markup
templates.
While it is possible to create new 'Paragraph' or 'DelimitedBlock'
definitions the preferred way to implement a filter is to add a
<<X23,style>> to the existing Paragraph and ListingBlock definitions
(all filters shipped with AsciiDoc use this technique). The filter is
applied to the paragraph or delimited block by preceding it with an
attribute list: the first positional attribute is the style name,
remaining attributes are normally filter specific parameters.
asciidoc(1) auto-loads all `.conf` files found in the filter search
paths unless the container directory also contains a file named
`__noautoload__` (see previous section). The `__noautoload__` feature
is used for filters that will be loaded manually using the `--filter`
option.
[[X56]]
Example Filter
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc comes with a toy filter for highlighting source code keywords
and comments. See also the `./filters/code/code-filter-readme.txt`
file.
NOTE: The purpose of this toy filter is to demonstrate how to write a
filter -- it's much to simplistic to be passed off as a code syntax
highlighter. If you want a full featured multi-language highlighter
use the {website}source-highlight-filter.html[source code highlighter
filter].
Built-in filters
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The AsciiDoc distribution includes 'source', 'music', 'latex' and
'graphviz' filters, details are on the
{website}index.html#_filters[AsciiDoc website].
[cols="1e,5",frame="topbot",options="header"]
.Built-in filters list
|====================================================================
|Filter name |Description
|music
|A {website}music-filter.html[music filter] is included in the
distribution `./filters/` directory. It translates music in
http://lilypond.org/[LilyPond] or http://abcnotation.org.uk/[ABC]
notation to standard classical notation.
|source
|A {website}source-highlight-filter.html[source code highlight filter]
is included in the distribution `./filters/` directory.
|latex
|The {website}latex-filter.html[AsciiDoc LaTeX filter] translates
LaTeX source to a PNG image that is automatically inserted into the
AsciiDoc output documents.
|graphviz
|Gouichi Iisaka has written a http://www.graphviz.org/[Graphviz]
filter for AsciiDoc. Graphviz generates diagrams from a textual
specification. Gouichi Iisaka's Graphviz filter is included in the
AsciiDoc distribution. Here are some
{website}asciidoc-graphviz-sample.html[AsciiDoc Graphviz examples].
|====================================================================
[[X58]]
Filter plugins
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Filter <<X101,plugins>> are a mechanism for distributing AsciiDoc
filters. A filter plugin is a Zip file containing the files that
constitute a filter. The asciidoc(1) `--filter` option is used to
load and manage filer <<X101,plugins>>.
- Filter plugins <<X27,take precedence>> over built-in filters with
the same name.
- By default filter plugins are installed in
`$HOME/.asciidoc/filters/<filter>` where `<filter>` is the filter
name.
[[X101]]
Plugins
-------
The AsciiDoc plugin architecture is an extension mechanism that allows
additional <<X100,backends>>, <<X58,filters>> and <<X99,themes>> to be
added to AsciiDoc.
- A plugin is a Zip file containing an AsciiDoc backend, filter or
theme (configuration files, stylesheets, scripts, images).
- The asciidoc(1) `--backend`, `--filter` and `--theme` command-line
options are used to load and manage plugins. Each of these options
responds to the plugin management 'install', 'list', 'remove' and
'build' commands.
- The plugin management command names are reserved and cannot be used
for filter, backend or theme names.
- The plugin Zip file name always begins with the backend, filter or
theme name.
Plugin commands and conventions are documented in the asciidoc(1) man
page. You can find lists of plugins on the
{website}plugins.html[AsciiDoc website].
[[X36]]
Help Commands
-------------
The asciidoc(1) command has a `--help` option which prints help topics
to stdout. The default topic summarizes asciidoc(1) usage:
$ asciidoc --help
To print a help topic specify the topic name as a command argument.
Help topic names can be shortened so long as they are not ambiguous.
Examples:
$ asciidoc --help manpage
$ asciidoc -h m # Short version of previous example.
$ asciidoc --help syntax
$ asciidoc -h s # Short version of previous example.
Customizing Help
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
To change, delete or add your own help topics edit a help
configuration file. The help file name `help-<lang>.conf` is based on
the setting of the `lang` attribute, it defaults to `help.conf`
(English). The <<X27,help file location>> will depend on whether you
want the topics to apply to all users or just the current user.
The help topic files have the same named section format as other
<<X7,configuration files>>. The `help.conf` files are stored in the
same locations and loaded in the same order as other configuration
files.
When the `--help` command-line option is specified AsciiDoc loads the
appropriate help files and then prints the contents of the section
whose name matches the help topic name. If a topic name is not
specified `default` is used. You don't need to specify the whole help
topic name on the command-line, just enough letters to ensure it's not
ambiguous. If a matching help file section is not found a list of
available topics is printed.
Tips and Tricks
---------------
Know Your Editor
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Writing AsciiDoc documents will be a whole lot more pleasant if you
know your favorite text editor. Learn how to indent and reformat text
blocks, paragraphs, lists and sentences. <<X20,Tips for 'vim' users>>
follow.
[[X20]]
Vim Commands for Formatting AsciiDoc
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Text Wrap Paragraphs
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Use the vim `:gq` command to reformat paragraphs. Setting the
'textwidth' sets the right text wrap margin; for example:
:set textwidth=70
To reformat a paragraph:
1. Position the cursor at the start of the paragraph.
2. Type `gq}`.
Execute `:help gq` command to read about the vim gq command.
[TIP]
=====================================================================
- Assign the `gq}` command to the Q key with the `nnoremap Q gq}`
command or put it in your `~/.vimrc` file to so it's always
available (see the <<X61, Example `~/.vimrc` file>>).
- Put `set` commands in your `~/.vimrc` file so you don't have to
enter them manually.
- The Vim website (http://www.vim.org) has a wealth of resources,
including scripts for automated spell checking and ASCII Art
drawing.
=====================================================================
Format Lists
^^^^^^^^^^^^
The `gq` command can also be used to format bulleted, numbered and
callout lists. First you need to set the `comments`, `formatoptions`
and `formatlistpat` (see the <<X61, Example `~/.vimrc` file>>).
Now you can format simple lists that use dash, asterisk, period and
plus bullets along with numbered ordered lists:
1. Position the cursor at the start of the list.
2. Type `gq}`.
Indent Paragraphs
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Indent whole paragraphs by indenting the fist line with the desired
indent and then executing the `gq}` command.
[[X61]]
Example `~/.vimrc` File
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
---------------------------------------------------------------------
" Use bold bright fonts.
set background=dark
" Show tabs and trailing characters.
set listchars=tab:,trail:
set list
" Don't highlight searched text.
highlight clear Search
" Don't move to matched text while search pattern is being entered.
set noincsearch
" Reformat paragraphs and list.
nnoremap R gq}
" Delete trailing white space and Dos-returns and to expand tabs to spaces.
nnoremap S :set et<CR>:retab!<CR>:%s/[\r \t]\+$//<CR>
autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.txt,README,TODO,CHANGELOG,NOTES
\ setlocal autoindent expandtab tabstop=8 softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 filetype=asciidoc
\ textwidth=70 wrap formatoptions=tcqn
\ formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\\|^\\s*<\\d\\+>\\s\\+\\\\|^\\s*[a-zA-Z.]\\.\\s\\+\\\\|^\\s*[ivxIVX]\\+\\.\\s\\+
\ comments=s1:/*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,fb:-,fb:*,fb:+,fb:.,fb:>
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Troubleshooting
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
AsciiDoc diagnostic features are detailed in the <<X82,Diagnostics
appendix>>.
Gotchas
~~~~~~~
Incorrect character encoding::
If you get an error message like `'UTF-8' codec can't decode ...`
then you source file contains invalid UTF-8 characters -- set the
AsciiDoc <<X54,encoding attribute>> for the correct character set
(typically ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1) for European languages).
Invalid output::
AsciiDoc attempts to validate the input AsciiDoc source but makes
no attempt to validate the output markup, it leaves that to
external tools such as `xmllint(1)` (integrated into `a2x(1)`).
Backend validation cannot be hardcoded into AsciiDoc because
backends are dynamically configured. The following example
generates valid HTML but invalid DocBook (the DocBook `literal`
element cannot contain an `emphasis` element):
+monospaced text with an _emphasized_ word+
Misinterpreted text formatting::
You can suppress markup expansion by placing a backslash character
immediately in front of the element. The following example
suppresses inline monospaced formatting:
\+1 for C++.
Overlapping text formatting::
Overlapping text formatting will generate illegal overlapping
markup tags which will result in downstream XML parsing errors.
Here's an example:
Some *strong markup _that overlaps* emphasized markup_.
Ambiguous underlines::
A DelimitedBlock can immediately follow a paragraph without an
intervening blank line, but be careful, a single line paragraph
underline may be misinterpreted as a section title underline
resulting in a ``closing block delimiter expected'' error.
Ambiguous ordered list items::
Lines beginning with numbers at the end of sentences will be
interpreted as ordered list items. The following example
(incorrectly) begins a new list with item number 1999:
He was last sighted in
1999. Since then things have moved on.
+
The 'list item out of sequence' warning makes it unlikely that this
problem will go unnoticed.
Special characters in attribute values::
Special character substitution precedes attribute substitution so
if attribute values contain special characters you may, depending
on the substitution context, need to escape the special characters
yourself. For example:
$ asciidoc -a 'orgname=Bill & Ben Inc.' mydoc.txt
Attribute lists::
If any named attribute entries are present then all string
attribute values must be quoted. For example:
["Desktop screenshot",width=32]
[[X90]]
Combining separate documents
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
You have a number of stand-alone AsciiDoc documents that you want to
process as a single document. Simply processing them with a series of
`include` macros won't work because the documents contain (level 0)
document titles. The solution is to create a top level wrapper
document and use the `leveloffset` attribute to push them all down one
level. For example:
[listing]
.....................................................................
Combined Document Title
=======================
// Push titles down one level.
:leveloffset: 1
\include::document1.txt[]
// Return to normal title levels.
:leveloffset: 0
A Top Level Section
-------------------
Lorum ipsum.
// Push titles down one level.
:leveloffset: 1
\include::document2.txt[]
\include::document3.txt[]
.....................................................................
The document titles in the included documents will now be processed as
level 1 section titles, level 1 sections as level 2 sections and so
on.
- Put a blank line between the `include` macro lines to ensure the
title of the included document is not seen as part of the last
paragraph of the previous document.
- You won't want non-title document header lines (for example, Author
and Revision lines) in the included files -- conditionally exclude
them if they are necessary for stand-alone processing.
Processing document sections separately
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
You have divided your AsciiDoc document into separate files (one per
top level section) which are combined and processed with the following
top level document:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Combined Document Title
=======================
Joe Bloggs
v1.0, 12-Aug-03
\include::section1.txt[]
\include::section2.txt[]
\include::section3.txt[]
---------------------------------------------------------------------
You also want to process the section files as separate documents.
This is easy because asciidoc(1) will quite happily process
`section1.txt`, `section2.txt` and `section3.txt` separately -- the
resulting output documents contain the section but have no document
title.
Processing document snippets
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Use the `-s` (`--no-header-footer`) command-line option to suppress
header and footer output, this is useful if the processed output is to
be included in another file. For example:
$ asciidoc -sb docbook section1.txt
asciidoc(1) can be used as a filter, so you can pipe chunks of text
through it. For example:
$ echo 'Hello *World!*' | asciidoc -s -
<div class="paragraph"><p>Hello <strong>World!</strong></p></div>
Badges in HTML page footers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
See the `[footer]` section in the AsciiDoc distribution `xhtml11.conf`
configuration file.
Pretty printing AsciiDoc output
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
If the indentation and layout of the asciidoc(1) output is not to your
liking you can:
1. Change the indentation and layout of configuration file markup
template sections. The `{empty}` attribute is useful for outputting
trailing blank lines in markup templates.
2. Use Dave Raggett's http://tidy.sourceforge.net/[HTML Tidy] program
to tidy asciidoc(1) output. Example:
$ asciidoc -b docbook -o - mydoc.txt | tidy -indent -xml >mydoc.xml
3. Use the `xmllint(1)` format option. Example:
$ xmllint --format mydoc.xml
Supporting minor DocBook DTD variations
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The conditional inclusion of DocBook SGML markup at the end of the
distribution `docbook45.conf` file illustrates how to support minor
DTD variations. The included sections override corresponding entries
from preceding sections.
Creating stand-alone HTML documents
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
If you've ever tried to send someone an HTML document that includes
stylesheets and images you'll know that it's not as straight-forward
as exchanging a single file. AsciiDoc has options to create
stand-alone documents containing embedded images, stylesheets and
scripts. The following AsciiDoc command creates a single file
containing <<X66,embedded images>>, CSS stylesheets, and JavaScript
(for table of contents and footnotes):
$ asciidoc -a data-uri -a icons -a toc -a max-width=55em article.txt
You can view the HTML file here: {website}article-standalone.html[]
Shipping stand-alone AsciiDoc source
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Reproducing presentation documents from someone else's source has one
major problem: unless your configuration files are the same as the
creator's you won't get the same output.
The solution is to create a single backend specific configuration file
using the asciidoc(1) `-c` (`--dump-conf`) command-line option. You
then ship this file along with the AsciiDoc source document plus the
`asciidoc.py` script. The only end user requirement is that they have
Python installed (and that they consider you a trusted source). This
example creates a composite HTML configuration file for `mydoc.txt`:
$ asciidoc -cb xhtml11 mydoc.txt > mydoc-xhtml11.conf
Ship `mydoc.txt`, `mydoc-html.conf`, and `asciidoc.py`. With
these three files (and a Python interpreter) the recipient can
regenerate the HMTL output:
$ ./asciidoc.py -eb xhtml11 mydoc.txt
The `-e` (`--no-conf`) option excludes the use of implicit
configuration files, ensuring that only entries from the
`mydoc-html.conf` configuration are used.
Inserting blank space
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Adjust your style sheets to add the correct separation between block
elements. Inserting blank paragraphs containing a single non-breaking
space character `{nbsp}` works but is an ad hoc solution compared
to using style sheets.
Closing open sections
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
You can close off section tags up to level `N` by calling the
`eval::[Section.setlevel(N)]` system macro. This is useful if you
want to include a section composed of raw markup. The following
example includes a DocBook glossary division at the top section level
(level 0):
---------------------------------------------------------------------
\ifdef::basebackend-docbook[]
\eval::[Section.setlevel(0)]
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
<glossary>
<title>Glossary
...
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
\endif::basebackend-docbook[]
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Validating output files
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Use `xmllint(1)` to check the AsciiDoc generated markup is both well
formed and valid. Here are some examples:
$ xmllint --nonet --noout --valid docbook-file.xml
$ xmllint --nonet --noout --valid xhtml11-file.html
$ xmllint --nonet --noout --valid --html html4-file.html
The `--valid` option checks the file is valid against the document
type's DTD, if the DTD is not installed in your system's catalog then
it will be fetched from its Internet location. If you omit the
`--valid` option the document will only be checked that it is well
formed.
The online http://validator.w3.org/#validate_by_uri+with_options[W3C
Markup Validation Service] is the defacto standard when it comes to
validating HTML (it validates all HTML standards including HTML5).
:numbered!:
[glossary]
Glossary
--------
[glossary]
[[X8]] Block element::
An AsciiDoc block element is a document entity composed of one or
more whole lines of text.
[[X34]] Inline element::
AsciiDoc inline elements occur within block element textual
content, they perform formatting and substitution tasks.
Formal element::
An AsciiDoc block element that has a BlockTitle. Formal elements
are normally listed in front or back matter, for example lists of
tables, examples and figures.
Verbatim element::
The word verbatim indicates that white space and line breaks in
the source document are to be preserved in the output document.
[appendix]
Migration Notes
---------------
[[X53]]
Version 7 to version 8
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- A new set of quotes has been introduced which may match inline text
in existing documents -- if they do you'll need to escape the
matched text with backslashes.
- The index entry inline macro syntax has changed -- if your documents
include indexes you may need to edit them.
- Replaced a2x(1) `--no-icons` and `--no-copy` options with their
negated equivalents: `--icons` and `--copy` respectively. The
default behavior has also changed -- the use of icons and copying of
icon and CSS files must be specified explicitly with the `--icons`
and `--copy` options.
The rationale for the changes can be found in the AsciiDoc
`CHANGELOG`.
NOTE: If you want to disable unconstrained quotes, the new alternative
constrained quotes syntax and the new index entry syntax then you can
define the attribute `asciidoc7compatible` (for example by using the
`-a asciidoc7compatible` command-line option).
[[X38]]
[appendix]
Packager Notes
--------------
Read the `README` and `INSTALL` files (in the distribution root
directory) for install prerequisites and procedures. The distribution
`Makefile.in` (used by `configure` to generate the `Makefile`) is the
canonical installation procedure.
[[X39]]
[appendix]
AsciiDoc Safe Mode
-------------------
AsciiDoc 'safe mode' skips potentially dangerous scripted sections in
AsciiDoc source files by inhibiting the execution of arbitrary code or
the inclusion of arbitrary files.
The safe mode is disabled by default, it can be enabled with the
asciidoc(1) `--safe` command-line option.
.Safe mode constraints
- `eval`, `sys` and `sys2` executable attributes and block macros are
not executed.
- `include::[]` and `include1::[]` block macro
files must reside inside the parent file's directory.
- `{include:}` executable attribute files must reside
inside the source document directory.
- Passthrough Blocks are dropped.
[WARNING]
=====================================================================
The safe mode is not designed to protect against unsafe AsciiDoc
configuration files. Be especially careful when:
1. Implementing filters.
2. Implementing elements that don't escape special characters.
3. Accepting configuration files from untrusted sources.
=====================================================================
[appendix]
Using AsciiDoc with non-English Languages
-----------------------------------------
AsciiDoc can process UTF-8 character sets but there are some things
you need to be aware of:
- If you are generating output documents using a DocBook toolchain
then you should set the AsciiDoc `lang` attribute to the appropriate
language (it defaults to `en` (English)). This will ensure things
like table of contents, figure and table captions and admonition
captions are output in the specified language. For example:
$ a2x -a lang=es doc/article.txt
- If you are outputting HTML directly from asciidoc(1) you'll
need to set the various `*_caption` attributes to match your target
language (see the list of captions and titles in the `[attributes]`
section of the distribution `lang-*.conf` files). The easiest way is
to create a language `.conf` file (see the AsciiDoc's `lang-en.conf`
file).
+
NOTE: You still use the 'NOTE', 'CAUTION', 'TIP', 'WARNING',
'IMPORTANT' captions in the AsciiDoc source, they get translated in
the HTML output file.
- asciidoc(1) automatically loads configuration files named like
`lang-.conf` where `` is a two letter language code that
matches the current AsciiDoc `lang` attribute. See also
<>.
[appendix]
Vim Syntax Highlighter
----------------------
Syntax highlighting is incredibly useful, in addition to making
reading AsciiDoc documents much easier syntax highlighting also helps
you catch AsciiDoc syntax errors as you write your documents.
The AsciiDoc `./vim/` distribution directory contains Vim syntax
highlighter and filetype detection scripts for AsciiDoc. Syntax
highlighting makes it much easier to spot AsciiDoc syntax errors.
If Vim is installed on your system the AsciiDoc installer
(`install.sh`) will automatically install the vim scripts in the Vim
global configuration directory (`/etc/vim`).
You can also turn on syntax highlighting by adding the following line
to the end of you AsciiDoc source files:
// vim: set syntax=asciidoc:
TIP: Bold fonts are often easier to read, use the Vim `:set
background=dark` command to set bold bright fonts.
NOTE: There are a number of alternative syntax highlighters for
various editors listed on the {website}[AsciiDoc website].
Limitations
~~~~~~~~~~~
The current implementation does a reasonable job but on occasions gets
things wrong:
- Nested quoted text formatting is highlighted according to the outer
format.
- If a closing Example Block delimiter is sometimes mistaken for a
title underline. A workaround is to insert a blank line before the
closing delimiter.
- Lines within a paragraph starting with equals characters may be
highlighted as single-line titles.
- Lines within a paragraph beginning with a period may be highlighted
as block titles.
[[X74]]
[appendix]
Attribute Options
-----------------
Here is the list of predefined <>:
[cols="2e,2,2,5",frame="topbot",options="header"]
|====================================================================
|Option|Backends|AsciiDoc Elements|Description
|autowidth |xhtml11, html5, html4 |table|
The column widths are determined by the browser, not the AsciiDoc
'cols' attribute. If there is no 'width' attribute the table width is
also left up to the browser.
|unbreakable |xhtml11, html5 |block elements|
'unbreakable' attempts to keep the block element together on a single
printed page c.f. the 'breakable' and 'unbreakable' docbook (XSL/FO)
options below.
|breakable, unbreakable |docbook (XSL/FO) |table, example, block image|
The 'breakable' options allows block elements to break across page
boundaries; 'unbreakable' attempts to keep the block element together
on a single page. If neither option is specified the default XSL
stylesheet behavior prevails.
|compact |docbook, xhtml11, html5 |bulleted list, numbered list|
Minimizes vertical space in the list
|footer |docbook, xhtml11, html5, html4 |table|
The last row of the table is rendered as a footer.
|header |docbook, xhtml11, html5, html4 |table|
The first row of the table is rendered as a header.
|pgwide |docbook (XSL/FO) |table, block image, horizontal labeled list|
Specifies that the element should be rendered across the full text
width of the page irrespective of the current indentation.
|strong |xhtml11, html5, html4 |labeled lists|
Emboldens label text.
|====================================================================
[[X82]]
[appendix]
Diagnostics
-----------
The `asciidoc(1)` `--verbose` command-line option prints additional
information to stderr: files processed, filters processed, warnings,
system attribute evaluation.
A special attribute named 'trace' enables the output of
element-by-element diagnostic messages detailing output markup
generation to stderr. The 'trace' attribute can be set on the
command-line or from within the document using <> (the latter allows tracing to be confined to specific
portions of the document).
- Trace messages print the source file name and line number and the
trace name followed by related markup.
- 'trace names' are normally the names of AsciiDoc elements (see the
list below).
- The trace message is only printed if the 'trace' attribute value
matches the start of a 'trace name'. The 'trace' attribute value can
be any Python regular expression. If a trace value is not specified
all trace messages will be printed (this can result in large amounts
of output if applied to the whole document).
- In the case of inline substitutions:
* The text before and after the substitution is printed; the before
text is preceded by a line containing `<<<` and the after text by
a line containing `>>>`.
* The 'subs' trace value is an alias for all inline substitutions.
.Trace names
.....................................................................
block close
block open
dropped line (a line containing an undefined attribute reference).
floating title
footer
header
list close
list entry close
list entry open
list item close
list item open
list label close
list label open
list open
macro block (a block macro)
name (man page NAME section)
paragraph
preamble close
preamble open
push blockname
pop blockname
section close
section open: level
subs (all inline substitutions)
table
.....................................................................
Where:
- `` is section level number '0...4'.
- `` is a delimited block name: 'comment', 'sidebar',
'open', 'pass', 'listing', 'literal', 'quote', 'example'.
- `` is an inline substitution type:
'specialcharacters','quotes','specialwords', 'replacements',
'attributes','macros','callouts', 'replacements2', 'replacements3'.
Command-line examples:
. Trace the entire document.
$ asciidoc -a trace mydoc.txt
. Trace messages whose names start with `quotes` or `macros`:
$ asciidoc -a 'trace=quotes|macros' mydoc.txt
. Print the first line of each trace message:
$ asciidoc -a trace mydoc.txt 2>&1 | grep ^TRACE:
Attribute Entry examples:
. Begin printing all trace messages:
:trace:
. Print only matched trace messages:
:trace: quotes|macros
. Turn trace messages off:
:trace!:
[[X88]]
[appendix]
Backend Attributes
------------------
This table contains a list of optional attributes that influence the
generated outputs.
[cols="1e,1,5a",frame="topbot",options="header"]
|====================================================================
|Name |Backends |Description
|badges |xhtml11, html5 |
Link badges ('XHTML 1.1' and 'CSS') in document footers. By default
badges are omitted ('badges' is undefined).
NOTE: The path names of images, icons and scripts are relative path
names to the output document not the source document.
|data-uri |xhtml11, html5 |
Embed images using the <>.
|css-signature |html5, xhtml11 |
Set a 'CSS signature' for the document (sets the 'id' attribute of the
HTML 'body' element). CSS signatures provide a mechanism that allows
users to personalize the document appearance. The term 'CSS signature'
was http://archivist.incutio.com/viewlist/css-discuss/13291[coined by
Eric Meyer].
|disable-javascript |xhtml11, html5 |
If the `disable-javascript` attribute is defined the `asciidoc.js`
JavaScript is not embedded or linked to the output document. By
default AsciiDoc automatically embeds or links the `asciidoc.js`
JavaScript to the output document. The script dynamically generates
<> and <>.
|[[X97]] docinfo, docinfo1, docinfo2 |All backends |
These three attributes control which <> will be included in the the header of the output file:
docinfo:: Include `-docinfo.`
docinfo1:: Include `docinfo.`
docinfo2:: Include `docinfo.` and `-docinfo.`
Where `` is the file name (sans extension) of the AsciiDoc
input file and `` is `.html` for HTML outputs or `.xml` for
DocBook outputs. If the input file is the standard input then the
output file name is used. The following example will include the
`mydoc-docinfo.xml` docinfo file in the DocBook `mydoc.xml` output
file:
$ asciidoc -a docinfo -b docbook mydoc.txt
This next example will include `docinfo.html` and `mydoc-docinfo.html`
docinfo files in the HTML output file:
$ asciidoc -a docinfo2 -b html4 mydoc.txt
|[[X54]]encoding |html4, html5, xhtml11, docbook |
Set the input and output document character set encoding. For example
the `--attribute encoding=ISO-8859-1` command-line option will set the
character set encoding to `ISO-8859-1`.
- The default encoding is UTF-8.
- This attribute specifies the character set in the output document.
- The encoding name must correspond to a Python codec name or alias.
- The 'encoding' attribute can be set using an AttributeEntry inside
the document header. For example:
:encoding: ISO-8859-1
|[[X45]]icons |xhtml11, html5 |
Link admonition paragraph and admonition block icon images and badge
images. By default 'icons' is undefined and text is used in place of
icon images.
|[[X44]]iconsdir |html4, html5, xhtml11, docbook |
The name of the directory containing linked admonition icons,
navigation icons and the `callouts` sub-directory (the `callouts`
sub-directory contains <> number images). 'iconsdir'
defaults to `./images/icons`.
|imagesdir |html4, html5, xhtml11, docbook |
If this attribute is defined it is prepended to the target image file
name paths in inline and block image macros.
|keywords, description, title |html4, html5, xhtml11 |
The 'keywords' and 'description' attributes set the correspondingly
named HTML meta tag contents; the 'title' attribute sets the HTML
title tag contents. Their principle use is for SEO (Search Engine
Optimisation). All three are optional, but if they are used they must
appear in the document header (or on the command-line). If 'title' is
not specified the AsciiDoc document title is used.
|linkcss |html5, xhtml11 |
Link CSS stylesheets and JavaScripts. By default 'linkcss' is
undefined in which case stylesheets and scripts are automatically
embedded in the output document.
|[[X103]]max-width |html5, xhtml11 |
Set the document maximum display width (sets the 'body' element CSS
'max-width' property).
|numbered |html4, html5, xhtml11, docbook (XSL Stylesheets) |
Adds section numbers to section titles. The 'docbook' backend ignores
'numbered' attribute entries after the document header.
|plaintext | All backends |
If this global attribute is defined all inline substitutions are
suppressed and block indents are retained. This option is useful when
dealing with large amounts of imported plain text.
|quirks |xhtml11 |
Include the `xhtml11-quirks.conf` configuration file and
`xhtml11-quirks.css` <> to work around IE6 browser
incompatibilities. This feature is deprecated and its use is
discouraged -- documents are still viewable in IE6 without it.
|revremark |docbook |
A short summary of changes in this document revision. Must be defined
prior to the first document section. The document also needs to be
dated to output this attribute.
|scriptsdir |html5, xhtml11 |
The name of the directory containing linked JavaScripts.
See <>.
|sgml |docbook45 |
The `--backend=docbook45` command-line option produces DocBook 4.5
XML. You can produce the older DocBook SGML format using the
`--attribute sgml` command-line option.
|stylesdir |html5, xhtml11 |
The name of the directory containing linked or embedded
<>.
See <>.
|stylesheet |html5, xhtml11 |
The file name of an optional additional CSS <>.
|theme |html5, xhtml11 |
Use alternative stylesheet (see <>).
|[[X91]]toc |html5, xhtml11, docbook (XSL Stylesheets) |
Adds a table of contents to the start of an article or book document.
The `toc` attribute can be specified using the `--attribute toc`
command-line option or a `:toc:` attribute entry in the document
header. The 'toc' attribute is defined by default when the 'docbook'
backend is used. To disable table of contents generation undefine the
'toc' attribute by putting a `:toc!:` attribute entry in the document
header or from the command-line with an `--attribute toc!` option.
*xhtml11 and html5 backends*
- JavaScript needs to be enabled in your browser.
- The following example generates a numbered table of contents using a
JavaScript embedded in the `mydoc.html` output document:
$ asciidoc -a toc -a numbered mydoc.txt
|toc2 |html5, xhtml11 |
Adds a scrollable table of contents in the left hand margin of an
article or book document. Use the 'max-width' attribute to change the
content width. In all other respects behaves the same as the 'toc'
attribute.
|toc-placement |html5, xhtml11 |
When set to 'auto' (the default value) asciidoc(1) will place the
table of contents in the document header. When 'toc-placement' is set
to 'manual' the TOC can be positioned anywhere in the document by
placing the `toc::[]` block macro at the point you want the TOC to
appear.
NOTE: If you use 'toc-placement' then you also have to define the
<> attribute.
|toc-title |html5, xhtml11 |
Sets the table of contents title (defaults to 'Table of Contents').
|toclevels |html5, xhtml11 |
Sets the number of title levels (1..4) reported in the table of
contents (see the 'toc' attribute above). Defaults to 2 and must be
used with the 'toc' attribute. Example usage:
$ asciidoc -a toc -a toclevels=3 doc/asciidoc.txt
|====================================================================
[appendix]
License
-------
AsciiDoc is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the 'GNU General Public License version 2' (GPLv2)
as published by the Free Software Foundation.
AsciiDoc is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License version 2 for more details.
AsciiDoc Highlighter sponsored by O'Reilly Media
Copyright (C) 2002-2011 Stuart Rackham.
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/assembly_x86.asm
================================================
section .text
global main ;must be declared for using gcc
main: ;tell linker entry point
mov edx, len ;message length
mov ecx, msg ;message to write
mov ebx, 1 ;file descriptor (stdout)
mov eax, 4 ;system call number (sys_write)
int 0x80 ;call kernel
mov eax, 1 ;system call number (sys_exit)
int 0x80 ;call kernel
section .data
msg db 'Hello, world!',0xa ;our dear string
len equ $ - msg ;length of our dear string
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/autohotkey.ahk
================================================
#NoEnv
SetBatchLines -1
CoordMode Mouse, Screen
OnExit GuiClose
zoom := 9
computeSize(){
global as_x
as_x := Round(ws_x/zoom/2 - 0.5)
if (zoom>1) {
pix := Round(zoom)
} ele {
pix := 1
}
ToolTip Message %as_x% %zoom% %ws_x% %hws_x%
}
hdc_frame := DllCall("GetDC", UInt, MagnifierID)
; comment
DrawCross(byRef x="", rX,rY,z, dc){
;specify the style, thickness and color of the cross lines
h_pen := DllCall( "gdi32.dll\CreatePen", Int, 0, Int, 1, UInt, 0x0000FF)
}
;Ctrl ^; Shift +; Win #; Alt !
^NumPadAdd::
^WheelUp::
^;:: ;comment
If(zoom < ws_x and ( A_ThisHotKey = "^WheelUp" or A_ThisHotKey ="^NumPadAdd") )
zoom *= 1.189207115 ; sqrt(sqrt(2))
Gosub,setZoom
return
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/batchfile.bat
================================================
:: batch file highlighting in Ace!
@echo off
CALL set var1=%cd%
echo unhide everything in %var1%!
:: FOR loop in bat is super strange!
FOR /f "tokens=*" %%G IN ('dir /A:D /b') DO (
echo %var1%%%G
attrib -r -a -h -s "%var1%%%G" /D /S
)
pause
REM that's all
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/bro.bro
================================================
##! Add countries for the originator and responder of a connection
##! to the connection logs.
module Conn;
export {
redef record Conn::Info += {
## Country code for the originator of the connection based
## on a GeoIP lookup.
orig_cc: string &optional &log;
## Country code for the responser of the connection based
## on a GeoIP lookup.
resp_cc: string &optional &log;
};
}
event connection_state_remove(c: connection)
{
local orig_loc = lookup_location(c$id$orig_h);
if ( orig_loc?$country_code )
c$conn$orig_cc = orig_loc$country_code;
local resp_loc = lookup_location(c$id$resp_h);
if ( resp_loc?$country_code )
c$conn$resp_cc = resp_loc$country_code;
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/c9search.c9search_results
================================================
Searching for var in/.c9/metadata/workspace/pluginsregexp, case sensitive, whole word
configs/default.js:
1: var fs = require("fs");
2: var argv = require('optimist').argv;
3: var path = require("path");
5: var clientExtensions = {};
6: var clientDirs = fs.readdirSync(__dirname + "/../plugins-client");
7: for (var i = 0; i < clientDirs.length; i++) {
8: var dir = clientDirs[i];
12: var name = dir.split(".")[1];
16: var projectDir = (argv.w && path.resolve(process.cwd(), argv.w)) || process.cwd();
17: var fsUrl = "/workspace";
19: var port = argv.p || process.env.PORT || 3131;
20: var host = argv.l || "localhost";
22: var config = {
configs/local.js:
2: var config = require("./default");
configs/packed.js:
1: var config = require("./default");
Found 15 matches in 3 files
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/c_cpp.cpp
================================================
// compound assignment operators
#include
#include \
#include \
\
#include \
\
"iostream"
#include
#include "boost/asio/io_service.hpp"
#include \
\
"iostream" \
"string" \
using namespace std;
//
int main ()
{
int a, b=3; /* foobar */
a = b; // single line comment\
continued
a+=2; // equivalent to a=a+2
cout << a;
#if VERBOSE >= 2
prints("trace message\n");
#endif
return 0;
}
/* Print an error message and get out */
#define ABORT \
do { \
print( "Abort\n" ); \
exit(8); \
} while (0) /* Note: No semicolon */
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/cirru.cirru
================================================
-- https://github.com/Cirru/cirru-gopher/blob/master/code/scope.cr,
set a (int 2)
print (self)
set c (child)
under c
under parent
print a
print $ get c a
set c x (int 3)
print $ get c x
set just-print $ code
print a
print just-print
eval (self) just-print
eval just-print
print (string "string with space")
print (string "escapes \n \"\\")
brackets ((((()))))
"eval" $ string "eval"
print (add $ (int 1) (int 2))
print $ unwrap $
map (a $ int 1) (b $ int 2)
print a
int 1
, b c
int 2
, d
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/clojure.clj
================================================
(defn parting
"returns a String parting in a given language"
([] (parting "World"))
([name] (parting name "en"))
([name language]
; condp is similar to a case statement in other languages.
; It is described in more detail later.
; It is used here to take different actions based on whether the
; parameter "language" is set to "en", "es" or something else.
(condp = language
"en" (str "Goodbye, " name)
"es" (str "Adios, " name)
(throw (IllegalArgumentException.
(str "unsupported language " language))))))
(println (parting)) ; -> Goodbye, World
(println (parting "Mark")) ; -> Goodbye, Mark
(println (parting "Mark" "es")) ; -> Adios, Mark
(println (parting "Mark", "xy")) ; -> java.lang.IllegalArgumentException: unsupported language xy
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/cobol.CBL
================================================
TODO
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/coffee.coffee
================================================
#!/usr/bin/env coffee
try
throw URIError decodeURI(0xC0ffee * 123456.7e-8 / .9)
catch e
console.log 'qstring' + "qqstring" + '''
qdoc
''' + """
qqdoc
"""
do ->
###
herecomment
###
re = /regex/imgy.test ///
heregex # comment
///imgy
this isnt: `just JavaScript`
undefined
sentence = "#{ 22 / 7 } is a decent approximation of π"
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/coldfusion.cfm
================================================
#welcome#
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/csharp.cs
================================================
public void HelloWorld() {
//Say Hello!
Console.WriteLine("Hello World");
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/csound_document.csd
================================================
text
0dbfs = 1
prints "hello, world\n"
i 1 0 0
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/csound_orchestra.orc
================================================
/*
* comment
*/
; comment
// comment
instr/**/1,/**/N_a_M_e_,/**/+Name/**///
iDuration = p3
outc:a(aSignal)
endin
opcode/**/aUDO,/**/i[],/**/aik//
aUDO
endop
123 0123456789
0xabcdef0123456789 0XABCDEF
1e2 3e+4 5e-6 7E8 9E+0 1E-2 3. 4.56 .789
"characters$MACRO."
"\\\a\b\n\r\t\012\345\67\""
{{
characters$MACRO.
}}
{{\\\a\b\n\r\t\"\012\345\67}}
+ - ~ ¬ ! * / ^ % << >> < > <= >= == != & # | && || ? : += -= *= /=
0dbfs A4 kr ksmps nchnls nchnls_i sr
do else elseif endif enduntil fi if ithen kthen od then until while
return rireturn
aLabel:
label2:
goto aLabel
reinit aLabel
cggoto 1==0, aLabel
timout 0, 0, aLabel
loop_ge 0, 0, 0, aLabel
readscore {{
i 1 0 0
}}
pyrun {{
# Python
}}
lua_exec {{
-- Lua
}}
#include/**/"file.udo"
#include/**/|file.udo|
#ifdef MACRO
#else
#ifndef MACRO
#endif
#undef MACRO
# define MACRO#macro_body#
#define/**/
MACRO/**/
#\#macro
body\##
#define MACRO(ARG1#ARG2) #macro_body#
#define/**/
MACRO(ARG1'ARG2'ARG3)/**/
#\#macro
body\##
$MACRO $MACRO.
$MACRO(x)
@0
@@ 1
$MACRO.(((x#y\)))' "(#'x)\)x\))"# {{x\))x)\)(#'}});
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/csound_score.sco
================================================
/*
* comment
*/
; comment
// comment
a b C d e f i q s t v x y
z
np0 nP1 Np2 NP3
m/**/label;
n label
123 0123456789
0xabcdef0123456789 0XABCDEF
1e2 3e+4 5e-6 7E8 9E+0 1E-2 3. 4.56 .789
"characters$MACRO."
{ 1 I
{ 2 J
{ 3 K
$I $J $K
}
}
}
#include "score.sco"
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/css.css
================================================
.text-layer {
font: 12px Monaco, "Courier New", monospace;
cursor: text;
}
.blinker {
animation: blink 1s linear infinite alternate;
}
@keyframes blink {
0%, 40% {
opacity: 0; /*
*/
opacity: 1
}
40.5%, 100% {
opacity: 1
}
}
@document url(http://c9.io/), url-prefix(http://ace.c9.io/build/),
domain(c9.io), regexp("https:.*") /**/
{
/**/
img[title]:before
{
content: attr(title) "\AImage \
retrieved from"
attr(src); /*
*/
white-space: pre;
display: block;
background: url(asdasd); "err
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/curly.curly
================================================
{{author_name}}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/d.d
================================================
#!/usr/bin/env rdmd
// Computes average line length for standard input.
import std.stdio;
void main() {
ulong lines = 0;
double sumLength = 0;
foreach (line; stdin.byLine()) {
++lines;
sumLength += line.length;
}
writeln("Average line length: ",
lines ? sumLength / lines : 0);
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/dart.dart
================================================
// Go ahead and modify this example.
import "dart:html";
// Computes the nth Fibonacci number.
int fibonacci(int n) {
if (n < 2) return n;
return fibonacci(n - 1) + fibonacci(n - 2);
}
// Displays a Fibonacci number.
void main() {
int i = 20;
String message = "fibonacci($i) = ${fibonacci(i)}";
// This example uses HTML to display the result and it will appear
// in a nested HTML frame (an iframe).
document.body.append(new HeadingElement.h1()..appendText(message));
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/diff.diff
================================================
diff --git a/lib/ace/edit_session.js b/lib/ace/edit_session.js
index 23fc3fc..ed3b273 100644
--- a/lib/ace/edit_session.js
+++ b/lib/ace/edit_session.js
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ var TextMode = require("./mode/text").Mode;
var Range = require("./range").Range;
var Document = require("./document").Document;
var BackgroundTokenizer = require("./background_tokenizer").BackgroundTokenizer;
+var SearchHighlight = require("./search_highlight").SearchHighlight;
/**
* class EditSession
@@ -307,6 +308,13 @@ var EditSession = function(text, mode) {
return token;
};
+ this.highlight = function(re) {
+ if (!this.$searchHighlight) {
+ var highlight = new SearchHighlight(null, "ace_selected-word", "text");
+ this.$searchHighlight = this.addDynamicMarker(highlight);
+ }
+ this.$searchHighlight.setRegexp(re);
+ }
/**
* EditSession.setUndoManager(undoManager)
* - undoManager (UndoManager): The new undo manager
@@ -556,7 +564,8 @@ var EditSession = function(text, mode) {
type : type || "line",
renderer: typeof type == "function" ? type : null,
clazz : clazz,
- inFront: !!inFront
+ inFront: !!inFront,
+ id: id
}
if (inFront) {
diff --git a/lib/ace/editor.js b/lib/ace/editor.js
index 834e603..b27ec73 100644
--- a/lib/ace/editor.js
+++ b/lib/ace/editor.js
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ var Editor = function(renderer, session) {
* Emitted when a selection has changed.
**/
this.onSelectionChange = function(e) {
- var session = this.getSession();
+ var session = this.session;
if (session.$selectionMarker) {
session.removeMarker(session.$selectionMarker);
@@ -509,12 +509,40 @@ var Editor = function(renderer, session) {
this.$updateHighlightActiveLine();
}
- var self = this;
- if (this.$highlightSelectedWord && !this.$wordHighlightTimer)
- this.$wordHighlightTimer = setTimeout(function() {
- self.session.$mode.highlightSelection(self);
- self.$wordHighlightTimer = null;
- }, 30, this);
+ var re = this.$highlightSelectedWord && this.$getSelectionHighLightRegexp()
};
diff --git a/lib/ace/search_highlight.js b/lib/ace/search_highlight.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2df779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/ace/search_highlight.js
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+new
+empty file
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/dot.dot
================================================
// Original source: http://www.graphviz.org/content/lion_share
##"A few people in the field of genetics are using dot to draw "marriage node diagram" pedigree drawings. Here is one I have done of a test pedigree from the FTREE pedigree drawing package (Lion Share was a racehorse)." Contributed by David Duffy.
##Command to get the layout: "dot -Tpng thisfile > thisfile.png"
digraph Ped_Lion_Share {
# page = "8.2677165,11.692913" ;
ratio = "auto" ;
mincross = 2.0 ;
label = "Pedigree Lion_Share" ;
"001" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"002" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"003" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"004" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"005" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"006" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"007" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"009" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"014" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"015" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"016" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"ZZ01" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"ZZ02" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"017" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"012" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"008" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"011" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"013" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"010" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"023" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"020" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"021" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"018" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"025" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"019" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"022" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"024" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"027" [shape=circle , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"026" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=white ] ;
"028" [shape=box , regular=1,style=filled,fillcolor=grey ] ;
"marr0001" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"001" -> "marr0001" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"007" -> "marr0001" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0001" -> "017" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0002" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"001" -> "marr0002" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"ZZ02" -> "marr0002" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0002" -> "012" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0003" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"002" -> "marr0003" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"003" -> "marr0003" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0003" -> "008" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0004" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"002" -> "marr0004" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"006" -> "marr0004" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0004" -> "011" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0005" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"002" -> "marr0005" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"ZZ01" -> "marr0005" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0005" -> "013" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0006" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"004" -> "marr0006" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"009" -> "marr0006" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0006" -> "010" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0007" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"005" -> "marr0007" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"015" -> "marr0007" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0007" -> "023" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0008" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"005" -> "marr0008" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"016" -> "marr0008" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0008" -> "020" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0009" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"005" -> "marr0009" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"012" -> "marr0009" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0009" -> "021" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0010" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"008" -> "marr0010" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"017" -> "marr0010" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0010" -> "018" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0011" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"011" -> "marr0011" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"023" -> "marr0011" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0011" -> "025" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0012" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"013" -> "marr0012" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"014" -> "marr0012" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0012" -> "019" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0013" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"010" -> "marr0013" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"021" -> "marr0013" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0013" -> "022" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0014" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"019" -> "marr0014" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"020" -> "marr0014" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0014" -> "024" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0015" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"022" -> "marr0015" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"025" -> "marr0015" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0015" -> "027" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0016" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"024" -> "marr0016" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"018" -> "marr0016" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0016" -> "026" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
"marr0017" [shape=diamond,style=filled,label="",height=.1,width=.1] ;
"026" -> "marr0017" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"027" -> "marr0017" [dir=none,weight=1] ;
"marr0017" -> "028" [dir=none, weight=2] ;
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/drools.drl
================================================
/*
* Copyright 2010 JBoss Inc
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
* you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
/*
Original source
https://github.com/droolsjbpm/drools/blob/master/drools-examples/
http://docs.jboss.org/drools/
*/
package com.example.ace
import java.math.BigDecimal
import function my.package.Foo.hello
declare FactType
@author( Bob )
id : String
name : String @maxLength(100) @notnull
value : BigDecimal
end
declare FactType2 extends AnotherType
end
declare trait TraitType extends com.package.AnotherType
end
declare trait GoldenCustomer
balance : long @Alias( "org.acme.foo.accountBalance" )
end
global org.slf4j.Logger logger
/**
* @param name who we'll salute?
*/
function String hello(String name) {
return "Hello "+name+"!";
}
rule "Trim all strings"
dialect "java"
no-loop
when // fdsfds
$s : String(a == null || == "empty", $g : size)
Cheese( name matches "(Buffalo)?\\S*Mozarella" )
CheeseCounter( cheeses contains $var ) // contains with a variable
CheeseCounter( cheese memberof $matureCheeses )
Cheese( name soundslike 'foobar' )
Message( routingValue str[startsWith] "R1" )
Cheese( name in ( "stilton", "cheddar", $cheese ) )
Person( eval( age == girlAge + 2 ), sex = 'M' )
then
/**
* TODO There mus be better way
*/
retract($s);
String a = "fd";
a.toString();
insert($s.trim());
end
query isContainedIn( String x, String y )
Location( x, y; )
or
( Location( z, y; ) and isContainedIn( x, z; ) )
end
rule "go" salience 10
when
$s : String( )
then
System.out.println( $s );
end
rule "When all English buses are not red"
when
not(forall( $bus : Bus( nationality == 'english')
Bus( this == $bus, color = 'red' ) ))
then
// What if all english buses are not red?
end
rule "go1"
when
String( this == "go1" )
isContainedIn("Office", "House"; )
then
System.out.println( "office is in the house" );
end
rule "go2"
when
String( this == "go2" )
isContainedIn("Draw", "House"; )
then
System.out.println( "Draw in the House" );
end
/**
* Go Right
*/
rule GoRight dialect "mvel" salience (Math.abs( $df.colDiff )) when
$df : DirectionDiff(colDiff > 0 )
$target : Cell( row == $df.row, col == ($df.col + 1) )
CellContents( cell == $target, cellType != CellType.WALL )
not Direction(character == $df.fromChar, horizontal == Direction.RIGHT )
then
System.out.println( "monster right" );
retract( $df );
insert( new Direction($df.fromChar, Direction.RIGHT, Direction.NONE ) );
end
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/eiffel.e
================================================
note
description: "Represents a person."
class
PERSON
create
make, make_unknown
feature {NONE} -- Creation
make (a_name: like name)
-- Create a person with `a_name' as `name'.
do
name := a_name
ensure
name = a_name
end
make_unknown
do ensure
name = Void
end
feature -- Access
name: detachable STRING
-- Full name or Void if unknown.
end
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/ejs.ejs
================================================
Cloud9 Rocks!
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/lucene.lucene
================================================
(title:"foo bar" AND body:"quick fox") OR title:fox
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/markdown.md
================================================
Ace (Ajax.org Cloud9 Editor)
============================
Ace is a standalone code editor written in JavaScript. Our goal is to create a browser based editor that matches and extends the features, usability and performance of existing native editors such as TextMate, Vim or Eclipse. It can be easily embedded in any web page or JavaScript application. Ace is developed as the primary editor for [Cloud9 IDE](http://www.cloud9ide.com/) and the successor of the Mozilla Skywriter (Bespin) Project.
Features
--------
* Syntax highlighting
* Automatic indent and outdent
* An optional command line
* Handles huge documents (100,000 lines and more are no problem)
* Fully customizable key bindings including VI and Emacs modes
* Themes (TextMate themes can be imported)
* Search and replace with regular expressions
* Highlight matching parentheses
* Toggle between soft tabs and real tabs
* Displays hidden characters
* Drag and drop text using the mouse
* Line wrapping
* Unstructured / user code folding
* Live syntax checker (currently JavaScript/CoffeeScript)
Take Ace for a spin!
--------------------
Check out the Ace live [demo](http://ajaxorg.github.com/ace/) or get a [Cloud9 IDE account](http://run.cloud9ide.com) to experience Ace while editing one of your own GitHub projects.
If you want, you can use Ace as a textarea replacement thanks to the [Ace Bookmarklet](http://ajaxorg.github.com/ace/build/textarea/editor.html).
History
-------
Previously known as “Bespin” and “Skywriter” it’s now known as Ace (Ajax.org Cloud9 Editor)! Bespin and Ace started as two independent projects, both aiming to build a no-compromise code editor component for the web. Bespin started as part of Mozilla Labs and was based on the canvas tag, while Ace is the Editor component of the Cloud9 IDE and is using the DOM for rendering. After the release of Ace at JSConf.eu 2010 in Berlin the Skywriter team decided to merge Ace with a simplified version of Skywriter's plugin system and some of Skywriter's extensibility points. All these changes have been merged back to Ace. Both Ajax.org and Mozilla are actively developing and maintaining Ace.
Getting the code
----------------
Ace is a community project. We actively encourage and support contributions. The Ace source code is hosted on GitHub. It is released under the BSD License. This license is very simple, and is friendly to all kinds of projects, whether open source or not. Take charge of your editor and add your favorite language highlighting and keybindings!
```bash
git clone git://github.com/ajaxorg/ace.git
cd ace
git submodule update --init --recursive
```
Embedding Ace
-------------
Ace can be easily embedded into any existing web page. The Ace git repository ships with a pre-packaged version of Ace inside of the `build` directory. The same packaged files are also available as a separate [download](https://github.com/ajaxorg/ace/downloads). Simply copy the contents of the `src` subdirectory somewhere into your project and take a look at the included demos of how to use Ace.
The easiest version is simply:
```html
some text
```
With "editor" being the id of the DOM element, which should be converted to an editor. Note that this element must be explicitly sized and positioned `absolute` or `relative` for Ace to work. e.g.
```css
#editor {
position: absolute;
width: 500px;
height: 400px;
}
```
To change the theme simply include the Theme's JavaScript file
```html
```
and configure the editor to use the theme:
```javascript
editor.setTheme("ace/theme/twilight");
```
By default the editor only supports plain text mode; many other languages are available as separate modules. After including the mode's JavaScript file:
```html
```
Then the mode can be used like this:
```javascript
var JavaScriptMode = require("ace/mode/javascript").Mode;
editor.getSession().setMode(new JavaScriptMode());
```
Documentation
-------------
You find a lot more sample code in the [demo app](https://github.com/ajaxorg/ace/blob/master/demo/demo.js).
There is also some documentation on the [wiki page](https://github.com/ajaxorg/ace/wiki).
If you still need help, feel free to drop a mail on the [ace mailing list](http://groups.google.com/group/ace-discuss).
Running Ace
-----------
After the checkout Ace works out of the box. No build step is required. Open 'editor.html' in any browser except Google Chrome. Google Chrome doesn't allow XMLHTTPRequests from files loaded from disc (i.e. with a file:/// URL). To open Ace in Chrome simply start the bundled mini HTTP server:
```bash
./static.py
```
Or using Node.JS
```bash
./static.js
```
The editor can then be opened at http://localhost:8888/index.html.
Package Ace
-----------
To package Ace we use the dryice build tool developed by the Mozilla Skywriter team. Before you can build you need to make sure that the submodules are up to date.
```bash
git submodule update --init --recursive
```
Afterwards Ace can be built by calling
```bash
./Makefile.dryice.js normal
```
The packaged Ace will be put in the 'build' folder.
To build the bookmarklet version execute
```bash
./Makefile.dryice.js bm
```
Running the Unit Tests
----------------------
The Ace unit tests run on node.js. Before the first run a couple of node modules have to be installed. The easiest way to do this is by using the node package manager (npm). In the Ace base directory simply call
```bash
npm link .
```
To run the tests call:
```bash
node lib/ace/test/all.js
```
You can also run the tests in your browser by serving:
http://localhost:8888/lib/ace/test/tests.html
This makes debugging failing tests way more easier.
Contributing
------------
Ace wouldn't be what it is without contributions! Feel free to fork and improve/enhance Ace any way you want. If you feel that the editor or the Ace community will benefit from your changes, please open a pull request. To protect the interests of the Ace contributors and users we require contributors to sign a Contributors License Agreement (CLA) before we pull the changes into the main repository. Our CLA is the simplest of agreements, requiring that the contributions you make to an ajax.org project are only those you're allowed to make. This helps us significantly reduce future legal risk for everyone involved. It is easy, helps everyone, takes ten minutes, and only needs to be completed once. There are two versions of the agreement:
1. [The Individual CLA](https://github.com/ajaxorg/ace/raw/master/doc/Contributor_License_Agreement-v2.pdf): use this version if you're working on an ajax.org in your spare time, or can clearly claim ownership of copyright in what you'll be submitting.
2. [The Corporate CLA](https://github.com/ajaxorg/ace/raw/master/doc/Corporate_Contributor_License_Agreement-v2.pdf): have your corporate lawyer review and submit this if your company is going to be contributing to ajax.org projects
If you want to contribute to an ajax.org project please print the CLA and fill it out and sign it. Then either send it by snail mail or fax to us or send it back scanned (or as a photo) by email.
Email: fabian.jakobs@web.de
Fax: +31 (0) 206388953
Address: Ajax.org B.V.
Keizersgracht 241
1016 EA, Amsterdam
the Netherlands
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/mask.mask
================================================
/* Mask Syntax Demo */
div > ' Test ~[name]';
define :userProfile {
header {
h4 > @title;
button.close;
}
}
:userProfile {
@title > ' Hello ~[: username.toUpperCase()]'
}
style {
html, body {
background: url('name.png') 0 0 no-repeat;
}
}
button {
event click (e) {
this.textContent = `name ${e.clientX} !`;
}
}
md > """
- div
- span
Hello
[one](http://google.com)
""";
header .foo > 'Heading'
button .baz x-signal='click: test' disabled > "
Hello,
world
\"Buddy\"
"
var a = {
name: `name ${window.innerWidth}`
};
span .foo > "~[bind: a.name]"
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/matlab.matlab
================================================
%{
%{
Ace Matlab demo
%}
%}
classdef hello
methods
function greet(this)
disp('Hello!') % say hi
end
end
end
% transpose
a = [ 'x''y', "x\n\
y", 1' ]' + 2'
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/maze.mz
================================================
## ## () ## ^^ ## ## ## ##
## H1 C2 S1 <> S2 H2 DN ##
## %U <> %D *2 %L IZ .. ##
## ## ## .. ## DN *3 ## ##
## ## ## %R C1 IZ () ## ##
## ## ## ## >/ *1
## () *3 *1 %L ()
// Set divisor and dividend
S1-> = 9
S2-> = 24
// Holding cells
H1-> IF *1 THEN %R ELSE %N
H2-> IF *2 THEN %R ELSE %N
// Arithmetic
DN-> -= 1
IZ-> IF <= 0 THEN %D ELSE %U
C1-> IF *3 THEN %D ELSE %R
C2-> IF *3 THEN %U ELSE %D
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/mel.mel
================================================
// animated duplicates, instances script
proc animatedDuplication (int $rangeStart, int $rangeEnd, int $numOfDuplicates, int $duplicateOrInstance)
{
int $range_start = $rangeStart;
int $range_end = $rangeEnd;
int $num_of_duplicates = $numOfDuplicates;
int $step_size = ($range_end - $range_start) / $num_of_duplicates;
int $i = 0;
int $temp;
currentTime $range_start; // set to range start
string $selectedObjects[]; // to store selected objects
$selectedObjects = `ls -sl`; // store selected objects
select $selectedObjects;
while ($i <= $num_of_duplicates)
{
$temp = $range_start + ($step_size * $i);
currentTime ($temp);
// seleced the objects to duplicate or instance
select $selectedObjects;
if($duplicateOrInstance == 0)
{
duplicate;
}
else
{
instance;
}
$i++;
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/mixal.mixal
================================================
* PROGRAM START
ΔSTART LDA 2000 LOAD A FROM CELL 2000
CMP7 =15=
12345 HLT
END START
ABC ALF abc
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/mushcode.mc
================================================
@create phone
&pickup phone=$pick up:@ifelse [u(is,u(mode),ICC)]={@pemit %#=You pick up the [fullname(me)].[set(me,PHONER:%#)][set(me,MODE:CIP)][set([u(INCOMING)],CONNECTED:[num(me)])][set(me,CONNECTED:[u(INCOMING)])]%r[showpicture(PICPICKUP)]%rUse '[color(green,black,psay )]' (or '[color(green,black,p )]') to talk into the phone.;@oemit %#=%N picks up the [fullname(me)].},{@pemit %#=You pick up the phone but no one is there. You hear a dialtone and then hang up. [play(u(DIALTONE))];@oemit %#=%N picks up the phone, but no one is on the other end.}
&ringfun phone=[ifelse(eq(comp([u(%0/ringtone)],off),0),[color(black,cyan,INCOMING CALL FROM %1)],[play([switch([u(%0/ringtone)],1,[u(%0/ringtone1)],2,[u(%0/ringtone2)],3,[u(%0/ringtone3)],4,[u(%0/ringtone4)],5,[u(%0/ringtone5)],6,[u(%0/ringtone6)],7,[u(%0/ringtone7)],8,[u(%0/ringtone8)],9,[u(%0/ringtone9)],custom,[u(%0/customtone)],vibrate,[u(%0/vibrate)])])]
&ringloop phone=@switch [u(ringstate)]=1,{@emit [setq(q,[u(connecting)])][set(%qq,rangs:0)][set(%qq,mode:WFC)][set(%qq,INCOMING:)];@ifelse [u(%qq/HASVMB)]={@tr me/ROUTEVMB=[u(connecting)];},{@pemit %#=[u(MSGCNC)];}},2,{@pemit %#=The call is connected.[setq(q,[u(CONNECTING)])][set(me,CONNECTED:%qq)][set(%qq,CONNECTED:[num(me)])][set(%qq,MODE:CIP)];@tr me/ciploop;@tr %qq/ciploop;},3,{@emit On [fullname(me)]'s earpiece you hear a ringing sound.[play(u(LINETONE))];@tr me/ringhere;@increment [u(connecting)]/RANGS;@wait 5={@tr me/ringloop};},4,{}
&ringstate phone=[setq(q,u(connecting))][setq(1,[gt(u(%qq/rangs),sub(u(%qq/rings),1))])][setq(2,[and(u(is,u(%qq/MODE),CIP),u(is,u(%qq/INCOMING),[num(me)]))][setq(3,[u(is,u(%qq/MODE),ICC)])][ifelse(%q1,1,ifelse(%q2,2,ifelse(%q3,3,4)))]
;comment
@@(comment)
say [time()]
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/mysql.mysql
================================================
TODO
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/nsis.nsi
================================================
/*
NSIS Mode
for Ace
*/
; Includes
!include MUI2.nsh
; Settings
Name "installer_name"
OutFile "installer_name.exe"
RequestExecutionLevel user
CRCCheck on
!ifdef x64
InstallDir "$PROGRAMFILES64\installer_name"
!else
InstallDir "$PROGRAMFILES\installer_name"
!endif
; Pages
!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_INSTFILES
; Sections
Section "section_name" section_index
# your code here
SectionEnd
; Functions
Function .onInit
MessageBox MB_OK "Here comes a$\n$\rline-break!"
FunctionEnd
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/objectivec.m
================================================
@protocol Printing: someParent
-(void) print;
@end
@interface Fraction: NSObject {
int numerator;
int denominator;
}
@end
@"blah\8" @"a\222sd\d" @"\faw\"\? \' \4 n\\" @"\56"
@"\xSF42"
-(NSDecimalNumber*)addCount:(id)addObject{
return [count decimalNumberByAdding:addObject.count];
}
NS_DURING NS_HANDLER NS_ENDHANDLER
@try {
if (argc > 1) {
@throw [NSException exceptionWithName:@"Throwing a test exception" reason:@"Testing the @throw directive." userInfo:nil];
}
}
@catch (id theException) {
NSLog(@"%@", theException);
result = 1 ;
}
@finally {
NSLog(@"This always happens.");
result += 2 ;
}
@synchronized(lock) {
NSLog(@"Hello World");
}
struct { @defs( NSObject) }
char *enc1 = @encode(int);
IBOutlet|IBAction|BOOL|SEL|id|unichar|IMP|Class
@class @protocol
@public
// instance variables
@package
// instance variables
@protected
// instance variables
@private
// instance variables
YES NO Nil nil
NSApp()
NSRectToCGRect (Protocol ProtocolFromString:"NSTableViewDelegate"))
[SPPoint pointFromCGPoint:self.position]
NSRoundDownToMultipleOfPageSize
#import
int main( int argc, const char *argv[] ) {
printf( "hello world\n" );
return 0;
}
NSChangeSpelling
@"0 != SUBQUERY(image, $x, 0 != SUBQUERY($x.bookmarkItems, $y, $y.@count == 0).@count).@count"
@selector(lowercaseString) @selector(uppercaseString:)
NSFetchRequest *localRequest = [[NSFetchRequest alloc] init];
localRequest.entity = [NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"VNSource" inManagedObjectContext:context];
localRequest.sortDescriptors = [NSArray arrayWithObject:[NSSortDescriptor sortDescriptorWithKey:@"resolution" ascending:YES]];
NSPredicate *predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"0 != SUBQUERY(image, $x, 0 != SUBQUERY($x.bookmarkItems, $y, $y.@count == 0).@count).@count"];
[NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:]
NSString *predicateString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"SELF beginsWith[cd] %@", searchString];
NSPredicate *pred = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:predicateString];
NSArray *filteredKeys = [[myMutableDictionary allKeys] filteredArrayUsingPredicate:pred];
localRequest.predicate = [NSPredicate predicateWithFormat:@"whichChart = %@" argumentArray: listChartToDownload];
localRequest.fetchBatchSize = 100;
arrayRequest = [context executeFetchRequest:localRequest error:&error1];
[localRequest release];
#ifndef Nil
#define Nil __DARWIN_NULL /* id of Nil class */
#endif
@implementation MyObject
- (unsigned int)areaOfWidth:(unsigned int)width
height:(unsigned int)height
{
return width*height;
}
@end
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/ocaml.ml
================================================
(*
* Example of early return implementation taken from
* http://ocaml.janestreet.com/?q=node/91
*)
let with_return (type t) (f : _ -> t) =
let module M =
struct exception Return of t end
in
let return = { return = (fun x -> raise (M.Return x)); } in
try f return with M.Return x -> x
(* Function that uses the 'early return' functionality provided by `with_return` *)
let sum_until_first_negative list =
with_return (fun r ->
List.fold list ~init:0 ~f:(fun acc x ->
if x >= 0 then acc + x else r.return acc))
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/pascal.pas
================================================
(*****************************************************************************
* A simple bubble sort program. Reads integers, one per line, and prints *
* them out in sorted order. Blows up if there are more than 49. *
*****************************************************************************)
PROGRAM Sort(input, output);
CONST
(* Max array size. *)
MaxElts = 50;
TYPE
(* Type of the element array. *)
IntArrType = ARRAY [1..MaxElts] OF Integer;
VAR
(* Indexes, exchange temp, array size. *)
i, j, tmp, size: integer;
(* Array of ints *)
arr: IntArrType;
(* Read in the integers. *)
PROCEDURE ReadArr(VAR size: Integer; VAR a: IntArrType);
BEGIN
size := 1;
WHILE NOT eof DO BEGIN
readln(a[size]);
IF NOT eof THEN
size := size + 1
END
END;
BEGIN
(* Read *)
ReadArr(size, arr);
(* Sort using bubble sort. *)
FOR i := size - 1 DOWNTO 1 DO
FOR j := 1 TO i DO
IF arr[j] > arr[j + 1] THEN BEGIN
tmp := arr[j];
arr[j] := arr[j + 1];
arr[j + 1] := tmp;
END;
(* Print. *)
FOR i := 1 TO size DO
writeln(arr[i])
END.
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/perl.pl
================================================
#!/usr/bin/perl
=begin
perl example code for Ace
=cut
use v5.10;
use strict;
use warnings;
use List::Util qw(first);
my @primes;
# Put 2 as the first prime so we won't have an empty array
push @primes, 2;
for my $number_to_check (3 .. 200) {
# Check if the current number is divisible by any previous prime
# if it is, skip to the next number. Use first to bail out as soon
# as we find a prime that divides it.
next if (first {$number_to_check % $_ == 0} @primes);
# If we reached this point it means $number_to_check is not
# divisable by any prime number that came before it.
push @primes, $number_to_check;
}
# List out all of the primes
say join(', ', @primes);
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/pgsql.pgsql
================================================
BEGIN;
/**
* Samples from PostgreSQL src/tutorial/basics.source
*/
CREATE TABLE weather (
city varchar(80),
temp_lo int, -- low temperature
temp_hi int, -- high temperature
prcp real, -- precipitation
"date" date
);
CREATE TABLE cities (
name varchar(80),
location point
);
INSERT INTO weather
VALUES ('San Francisco', 46, 50, 0.25, '1994-11-27');
INSERT INTO cities
VALUES ('San Francisco', '(-194.0, 53.0)');
INSERT INTO weather (city, temp_lo, temp_hi, prcp, "date")
VALUES ('San Francisco', 43, 57, 0.0, '1994-11-29');
INSERT INTO weather (date, city, temp_hi, temp_lo)
VALUES ('1994-11-29', 'Hayward', 54, 37);
SELECT city, (temp_hi+temp_lo)/2 AS temp_avg, "date" FROM weather;
SELECT city, temp_lo, temp_hi, prcp, "date", location
FROM weather, cities
WHERE city = name;
/**
* Dollar quotes starting at the end of the line are colored as SQL unless
* a special language tag is used. Dollar quote syntax coloring is implemented
* for Perl, Python, JavaScript, and Json.
*/
create or replace function blob_content_chunked(
in p_data bytea,
in p_chunk integer)
returns setof bytea as $$
-- Still SQL comments
declare
v_size integer = octet_length(p_data);
begin
for i in 1..v_size by p_chunk loop
return next substring(p_data from i for p_chunk);
end loop;
end;
$$ language plpgsql stable;
-- pl/perl
CREATE FUNCTION perl_max (integer, integer) RETURNS integer AS $perl$
# perl comment...
my ($x,$y) = @_;
if (! defined $x) {
if (! defined $y) { return undef; }
return $y;
}
if (! defined $y) { return $x; }
if ($x > $y) { return $x; }
return $y;
$perl$ LANGUAGE plperl;
-- pl/python
CREATE FUNCTION usesavedplan() RETURNS trigger AS $python$
# python comment...
if SD.has_key("plan"):
plan = SD["plan"]
else:
plan = plpy.prepare("SELECT 1")
SD["plan"] = plan
$python$ LANGUAGE plpythonu;
-- pl/v8 (javascript)
CREATE FUNCTION plv8_test(keys text[], vals text[]) RETURNS text AS $javascript$
var o = {};
for(var i=0; i
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/pig.pig
================================================
A = load 'mobydick.txt';
B = foreach A generate flatten(TOKENIZE((chararray)$0)) as word;
C = filter B by word matches '\\w+';
D = group C by word;
E = foreach D generate COUNT(C) as count, group as word;
F = order E by count desc;
-- one comment
/* another comment */
dump F;
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/plaintext.txt
================================================
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat.
Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis at vero eros et accumsan et iusto odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore te feugait nulla facilisi.
Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis eleifend option congue nihil imperdiet doming id quod mazim placerat facer possim assum. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh euismod tincidunt ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exerci tation ullamcorper suscipit lobortis nisl ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
Duis autem vel eum iriure dolor in hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat, vel illum dolore eu feugiat nulla facilisis.
At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, At accusam aliquyam diam diam dolore dolores duo eirmod eos erat, et nonumy sed tempor et et invidunt justo labore Stet clita ea et gubergren, kasd magna no rebum. sanctus sea sed takimata ut vero voluptua. est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/powershell.ps1
================================================
# This is a simple comment
function Hello($name) {
Write-host "Hello $name"
}
function add($left, $right=4) {
if ($right -ne 4) {
return $left
} elseif ($left -eq $null -and $right -eq 2) {
return 3
} else {
return 2
}
}
$number = 1 + 2;
$number += 3
Write-Host Hello -name "World"
$an_array = @(1, 2, 3)
$a_hash = @{"something" = "something else"}
& notepad .\readme.md
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/praat.praat
================================================
form Highlighter test
sentence My_sentence This should all be a string
text My_text This should also all be a string
word My_word Only the first word is a string, the rest is invalid
boolean Binary 1
boolean Text no
boolean Quoted "yes"
comment This should be a string
real left_Range -123.6
positive right_Range_max 3.3
integer Int 4
natural Nat 4
endform
# External scripts
include /path/to/file
runScript: "/path/to/file"
execute /path/to/file
stopwatch
# old-style procedure call
call oldStyle "quoted" 2 unquoted string
assert oldStyle.local = 1
# New-style procedure call with parens
@newStyle("quoted", 2, "quoted string")
if praatVersion >= 5364
# New-style procedure call with colon
@newStyle: "quoted", 2, "quoted string"
endif
# if-block with built-in variables
if windows
# We are on Windows
elsif unix = 1 or !macintosh
exitScript: "We are on Linux"
else macintosh == 1
exit We are on Mac
endif
# inline if with inline comment
var = if macintosh = 1 then 0 else 1 fi ; This is an inline comment
# for-loop with explicit from using local variable
# and paren-style function calls and variable interpolation
n = numberOfSelected("Sound")
for i from newStyle.local to n
sound'i' = selected("Sound", i)
sound[i] = sound'i'
endfor
for i from 1 to n
# Different styles of object selection
select sound'i'
sound = selected()
sound$ = selected$("Sound")
select Sound 'sound$'
selectObject(sound[i])
selectObject: sound
# Pause commands
beginPause("Viewing " + sound$)
if i > 1
button = endPause("Stop", "Previous",
...if i = total_sounds then "Finish" else "Next" fi,
...3, 1)
else
button = endPause("Stop",
...if i = total_sounds then "Finish" else "Next" fi,
...2, 1)
endif
editor_name$ = if total_textgrids then "TextGrid " else "Sound " fi + name$
nocheck editor 'editor_name$'
nocheck Close
nocheck endeditor
# New-style standalone command call
Rename: "SomeName"
# Command call with assignment
duration = Get total duration
# Multi-line command with modifier
pitch = noprogress To Pitch (ac): 0, 75, 15, "no",
...0.03, 0.45, 0.01, 0.35, 0.14, 600
# do-style command with assignment
minimum = do("Get minimum...", 0, 0, "Hertz", "Parabolic")
# New-style multi-line command call with broken strings
table = Create Table with column names: "table", 0,
..."file subject speaker
...f0 f1 f2 f3 " +
..."duration response"
removeObject: pitch, table
# Picture window commands
selectObject: sound
# do-style command
do("Select inner viewport...", 1, 6, 0.5, 1.5)
Black
Draw... 0 0 0 0 "no" Curve
Draw inner box
Text bottom: "yes", sound$
Erase all
# Demo window commands
demo Erase all
demo Select inner viewport... 0 100 0 100
demo Axes... 0 100 0 100
demo Paint rectangle... white 0 100 0 100
demo Text... 50 centre 50 half Click to finish
demoWaitForInput ( )
demo Erase all
demo Text: 50, "centre", 50, "half", "Finished"
endfor
# An old-style sendpraat block
sendpraat Praat
...'newline$' Create Sound as pure tone... "tone" 1 0 0.4 44100 440 0.2 0.01 0.01
...'newline$' Play
...'newline$' Remove
# A new-style sendpraat block
beginSendPraat: "Praat"
Create Sound as pure tone: "tone", 1, 0, 0.4, 44100, 440, 0.2, 0.01, 0.01
duration = Get total duration
Remove
endSendPraat: "duration"
appendInfoLine: "The generated sound lasted for ", duration, "seconds"
time = stopwatch
clearinfo
echo This script took
print 'time' seconds to
printline execute.
# Old-style procedure declaration
procedure oldStyle .str1$ .num .str2$
.local = 1
endproc
# New-style procedure declaration
procedure newStyle (.str1$, .num, .str2$)
.local = 1
endproc
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/prolog.plg
================================================
partition([], _, [], []).
partition([X|Xs], Pivot, Smalls, Bigs) :-
( X @< Pivot ->
Smalls = [X|Rest],
partition(Xs, Pivot, Rest, Bigs)
; Bigs = [X|Rest],
partition(Xs, Pivot, Smalls, Rest)
).
quicksort([]) --> [].
quicksort([X|Xs]) -->
{ partition(Xs, X, Smaller, Bigger) },
quicksort(Smaller), [X], quicksort(Bigger).
perfect(N) :-
between(1, inf, N), U is N // 2,
findall(D, (between(1,U,D), N mod D =:= 0), Ds),
sumlist(Ds, N).
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/properties.properties
================================================
# You are reading the ".properties" entry.
! The exclamation mark can also mark text as comments.
# The key and element characters #, !, =, and : are written with a preceding backslash to ensure that they are properly loaded.
website = http\://en.wikipedia.org/
language = English
# The backslash below tells the application to continue reading
# the value onto the next line.
message = Welcome to \
Wikipedia!
# Add spaces to the key
key\ with\ spaces = This is the value that could be looked up with the key "key with spaces".
# Unicode
tab : \u0009
empty-key=
last.line=value
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/protobuf.proto
================================================
message Point {
required int32 x = 1;
required int32 y = 2;
optional string label = 3;
}
message Line {
required Point start = 1;
required Point end = 2;
optional string label = 3;
}
message Polyline {
repeated Point point = 1;
optional string label = 2;
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/python.py
================================================
#!/usr/local/bin/python
import string, sys
# If no arguments were given, print a helpful message
if len(sys.argv)==1:
print '''Usage:
celsius temp1 temp2 ...'''
sys.exit(0)
# Loop over the arguments
for i in sys.argv[1:]:
try:
fahrenheit=float(string.atoi(i))
except string.atoi_error:
print repr(i), "not a numeric value"
else:
celsius=(fahrenheit-32)*5.0/9.0
print '%i\260F = %i\260C' % (int(fahrenheit), int(celsius+.5))
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/r.r
================================================
Call:
lm(formula = y ~ x)
Residuals:
1 2 3 4 5 6
3.3333 -0.6667 -2.6667 -2.6667 -0.6667 3.3333
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -9.3333 2.8441 -3.282 0.030453 *
x 7.0000 0.7303 9.585 0.000662 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
Residual standard error: 3.055 on 4 degrees of freedom
Multiple R-squared: 0.9583, Adjusted R-squared: 0.9478
F-statistic: 91.88 on 1 and 4 DF, p-value: 0.000662
> par(mfrow=c(2, 2)) # Request 2x2 plot layout
> plot(lm_1) # Diagnostic plot of regression model
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/razor.cshtml
================================================
@* razor mode *@
@{
Layout = "~/layout"
@:
@Layout
@:
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/rdoc.Rd
================================================
\name{picker}
\alias{picker}
\title{Create a picker control}
\description{
Create a picker control to enable manipulation of plot variables based on a set of fixed choices.
}
\usage{
picker(..., initial = NULL, label = NULL)
}
\arguments{
\item{\dots}{
Arguments containing objects to be presented as choices for the picker (or a list containing the choices). If an element is named then the name is used to display it within the picker. If an element is not named then it is displayed within the picker using \code{\link{as.character}}.
}
\item{initial}{
Initial value for picker. Value must be present in the list of choices specified. If not specified defaults to the first choice.
}
\item{label}{
Display label for picker. Defaults to the variable name if not specified.
}
}
\value{
An object of class "manipulator.picker" which can be passed to the \code{\link{manipulate}} function.
}
\seealso{
\code{\link{manipulate}}, \code{\link{slider}}, \code{\link{checkbox}}, \code{\link{button}}
}
\examples{
\dontrun{
## Filtering data with a picker
manipulate(
barplot(as.matrix(longley[,factor]),
beside = TRUE, main = factor),
factor = picker("GNP", "Unemployed", "Employed"))
## Create a picker with labels
manipulate(
plot(pressure, type = type),
type = picker("points" = "p", "line" = "l", "step" = "s"))
## Picker with groups
manipulate(
barplot(as.matrix(mtcars[group,"mpg"]), beside=TRUE),
group = picker("Group 1" = 1:11,
"Group 2" = 12:22,
"Group 3" = 23:32))
## Histogram w/ picker to select type
require(lattice)
require(stats)
manipulate(
histogram(~ height | voice.part,
data = singer, type = type),
type = picker("percent", "count", "density"))
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/red.red
================================================
Red []
info: func ['fn /name /intro /args /refinements /locals /return /spec
/arg-num /arg-names /arg-types /ref-names /ref-types /ref-num /type
/local intr ars refs locs ret arg ref typ
][
intr: copy "" ars: make map! copy [] refs: make map! copy [] locs: copy [] ret: copy [] typ: ref-arg: ref-arg-type: none
if lit-word? fn [fn: to-word fn]
unless find [op! native! function! action!] type?/word get fn [
cause-error 'user 'message ["Only function types accepted!"]
]
out: make map! copy []
specs: spec-of get fn
parse specs [
opt [set intr string!]
any [set arg [word! | lit-word!] opt [set typ block!] opt string! (put ars arg either typ [typ][[any-type!]])]
any [set ref refinement! [
if (ref <> /local) (put refs to-lit-word ref make map! copy [])
opt string!
any [set ref-arg word! opt [set ref-arg-type block!]
(put refs/(to-word ref) to-lit-word ref-arg either ref-arg-type [ref-arg-type][[any-type!]])
]
| any [set loc word! (append locs loc) opt string!]
opt [set-word! set ret block!]
]]
(
out: case [
name [to-word fn]
intro [intr]
args [ars]
arg-num [length? ars]
arg-names [copy keys-of ars]
arg-types [copy values-of ars]
refinements [refs]
ref-names [copy keys-of refs]
ref-types [copy values-of refs]
ref-num [length? refs]
locals [locs]
return [ret]
spec [specs]
true [
make object! [
name: to-word fn
intro: intr
args: ars
refinements: refs
locals: locs
return: ret
spec: specs
type: type? get fn
arg-num: length? args
arg-names: copy keys-of args
arg-types: copy values-of args
ref-names: copy keys-of refinements
ref-types: copy values-of refinements
ref-num: length? refinements
]
]
])
]
out
]
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/rhtml.Rhtml
================================================
Title
This is an R HTML document. When you click the Knit HTML button a web page will be generated that includes both content as well as the output of any embedded R code chunks within the document. You can embed an R code chunk like this:
You can also embed plots, for example:
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/rst.rst
================================================
==========================================
*reStructuredText* Highlighter for **Ace**
==========================================
.. seealso::
http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/user/rst/quickstart.html
ReStructuredText Primer
=======================
:Author: Richard Jones
:Version: $Revision: 5801 $
:Copyright: This document has been placed in the public domain.
.. contents::
The text below contains links that look like "(quickref__)". These
are relative links that point to the `Quick reStructuredText`_ user
reference. If these links don't work, please refer to the `master
quick reference`_ document.
__
.. _Quick reStructuredText: quickref.html
.. _master quick reference:
http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/user/rst/quickref.html
.. Note:: This document is an informal introduction to
reStructuredText. The `What Next?`_ section below has links to
further resources, including a formal reference.
Structure
---------
From the outset, let me say that "Structured Text" is probably a bit
of a misnomer. It's more like "Relaxed Text" that uses certain
consistent patterns. These patterns are interpreted by a HTML
converter to produce "Very Structured Text" that can be used by a web
browser.
The most basic pattern recognised is a **paragraph** (quickref__).
That's a chunk of text that is separated by blank lines (one is
enough). Paragraphs must have the same indentation -- that is, line
up at their left edge. Paragraphs that start indented will result in
indented quote paragraphs. For example::
This is a paragraph. It's quite
short.
This paragraph will result in an indented block of
text, typically used for quoting other text.
This is another one.
Results in:
This is a paragraph. It's quite
short.
This paragraph will result in an indented block of
text, typically used for quoting other text.
This is another one.
__ quickref.html#paragraphs
Text styles
-----------
(quickref__)
__ quickref.html#inline-markup
Inside paragraphs and other bodies of text, you may additionally mark
text for *italics* with "``*italics*``" or **bold** with
"``**bold**``". This is called "inline markup".
If you want something to appear as a fixed-space literal, use
"````double back-quotes````". Note that no further fiddling is done
inside the double back-quotes -- so asterisks "``*``" etc. are left
alone.
If you find that you want to use one of the "special" characters in
text, it will generally be OK -- reStructuredText is pretty smart.
For example, this lone asterisk * is handled just fine, as is the
asterisk in this equation: 5*6=30. If you actually
want text \*surrounded by asterisks* to **not** be italicised, then
you need to indicate that the asterisk is not special. You do this by
placing a backslash just before it, like so "``\*``" (quickref__), or
by enclosing it in double back-quotes (inline literals), like this::
``*``
__ quickref.html#escaping
.. Tip:: Think of inline markup as a form of (parentheses) and use it
the same way: immediately before and after the text being marked
up. Inline markup by itself (surrounded by whitespace) or in the
middle of a word won't be recognized. See the `markup spec`__ for
full details.
__ ../../ref/rst/restructuredtext.html#inline-markup
Lists
-----
Lists of items come in three main flavours: **enumerated**,
**bulleted** and **definitions**. In all list cases, you may have as
many paragraphs, sublists, etc. as you want, as long as the left-hand
side of the paragraph or whatever aligns with the first line of text
in the list item.
Lists must always start a new paragraph -- that is, they must appear
after a blank line.
**enumerated** lists (numbers, letters or roman numerals; quickref__)
__ quickref.html#enumerated-lists
Start a line off with a number or letter followed by a period ".",
right bracket ")" or surrounded by brackets "( )" -- whatever you're
comfortable with. All of the following forms are recognised::
1. numbers
A. upper-case letters
and it goes over many lines
with two paragraphs and all!
a. lower-case letters
3. with a sub-list starting at a different number
4. make sure the numbers are in the correct sequence though!
I. upper-case roman numerals
i. lower-case roman numerals
(1) numbers again
1) and again
Results in (note: the different enumerated list styles are not
always supported by every web browser, so you may not get the full
effect here):
1. numbers
A. upper-case letters
and it goes over many lines
with two paragraphs and all!
a. lower-case letters
3. with a sub-list starting at a different number
4. make sure the numbers are in the correct sequence though!
I. upper-case roman numerals
i. lower-case roman numerals
(1) numbers again
1) and again
**bulleted** lists (quickref__)
__ quickref.html#bullet-lists
Just like enumerated lists, start the line off with a bullet point
character - either "-", "+" or "\*"::
* a bullet point using "\*"
- a sub-list using "-"
+ yet another sub-list
- another item
Results in:
* a bullet point using "\*"
- a sub-list using "-"
+ yet another sub-list
- another item
**definition** lists (quickref__)
__ quickref.html#definition-lists
Unlike the other two, the definition lists consist of a term, and
the definition of that term. The format of a definition list is::
what
Definition lists associate a term with a definition.
*how*
The term is a one-line phrase, and the definition is one or more
paragraphs or body elements, indented relative to the term.
Blank lines are not allowed between term and definition.
Results in:
what
Definition lists associate a term with a definition.
*how*
The term is a one-line phrase, and the definition is one or more
paragraphs or body elements, indented relative to the term.
Blank lines are not allowed between term and definition.
Preformatting (code samples)
----------------------------
(quickref__)
__ quickref.html#literal-blocks
To just include a chunk of preformatted, never-to-be-fiddled-with
text, finish the prior paragraph with "``::``". The preformatted
block is finished when the text falls back to the same indentation
level as a paragraph prior to the preformatted block. For example::
An example::
Whitespace, newlines, blank lines, and all kinds of markup
(like *this* or \this) is preserved by literal blocks.
Lookie here, I've dropped an indentation level
(but not far enough)
no more example
Results in:
An example::
Whitespace, newlines, blank lines, and all kinds of markup
(like *this* or \this) is preserved by literal blocks.
Lookie here, I've dropped an indentation level
(but not far enough)
no more example
Note that if a paragraph consists only of "``::``", then it's removed
from the output::
::
This is preformatted text, and the
last "::" paragraph is removed
Results in:
::
This is preformatted text, and the
last "::" paragraph is removed
Sections
--------
(quickref__)
__ quickref.html#section-structure
To break longer text up into sections, you use **section headers**.
These are a single line of text (one or more words) with adornment: an
underline alone, or an underline and an overline together, in dashes
"``-----``", equals "``======``", tildes "``~~~~~~``" or any of the
non-alphanumeric characters ``= - ` : ' " ~ ^ _ * + # < >`` that you
feel comfortable with. An underline-only adornment is distinct from
an overline-and-underline adornment using the same character. The
underline/overline must be at least as long as the title text. Be
consistent, since all sections marked with the same adornment style
are deemed to be at the same level::
Chapter 1 Title
===============
Section 1.1 Title
-----------------
Subsection 1.1.1 Title
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Section 1.2 Title
-----------------
Chapter 2 Title
===============
This results in the following structure, illustrated by simplified
pseudo-XML::
Chapter 1 Title
<section>
<title>
Section 1.1 Title
<section>
<title>
Subsection 1.1.1 Title
<section>
<title>
Section 1.2 Title
<section>
<title>
Chapter 2 Title
(Pseudo-XML uses indentation for nesting and has no end-tags. It's
not possible to show actual processed output, as in the other
examples, because sections cannot exist inside block quotes. For a
concrete example, compare the section structure of this document's
source text and processed output.)
Note that section headers are available as link targets, just using
their name. To link to the Lists_ heading, I write "``Lists_``". If
the heading has a space in it like `text styles`_, we need to quote
the heading "```text styles`_``".
Document Title / Subtitle
`````````````````````````
The title of the whole document is distinct from section titles and
may be formatted somewhat differently (e.g. the HTML writer by default
shows it as a centered heading).
To indicate the document title in reStructuredText, use a unique adornment
style at the beginning of the document. To indicate the document subtitle,
use another unique adornment style immediately after the document title. For
example::
================
Document Title
================
----------
Subtitle
----------
Section Title
=============
...
Note that "Document Title" and "Section Title" above both use equals
signs, but are distict and unrelated styles. The text of
overline-and-underlined titles (but not underlined-only) may be inset
for aesthetics.
Images
------
(quickref__)
__ quickref.html#directives
To include an image in your document, you use the the ``image`` directive__.
For example::
.. image:: images/biohazard.png
results in:
.. image:: images/biohazard.png
The ``images/biohazard.png`` part indicates the filename of the image
you wish to appear in the document. There's no restriction placed on
the image (format, size etc). If the image is to appear in HTML and
you wish to supply additional information, you may::
.. image:: images/biohazard.png
:height: 100
:width: 200
:scale: 50
:alt: alternate text
See the full `image directive documentation`__ for more info.
__ ../../ref/rst/directives.html
__ ../../ref/rst/directives.html#images
What Next?
----------
This primer introduces the most common features of reStructuredText,
but there are a lot more to explore. The `Quick reStructuredText`_
user reference is a good place to go next. For complete details, the
`reStructuredText Markup Specification`_ is the place to go [#]_.
Users who have questions or need assistance with Docutils or
reStructuredText should post a message to the Docutils-users_ mailing
list.
.. [#] If that relative link doesn't work, try the master document:
http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html.
.. _reStructuredText Markup Specification:
../../ref/rst/restructuredtext.html
.. _Docutils-users: ../mailing-lists.html#docutils-users
.. _Docutils project web site: http://docutils.sourceforge.net/
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/ruby.rb
================================================
#!/usr/bin/ruby
# Program to find the factorial of a number
def fact(n)
if n == 0
1
else
n * fact(n-1)
end
end
puts fact(ARGV[0].to_i)
class Range
def to_json(*a)
{
'json_class' => self.class.name, # = 'Range'
'data' => [ first, last, exclude_end? ]
}.to_json(*a)
end
end
{:id => ?", :key => "value"}
herDocs = [<<'FOO', <<BAR, <<-BAZ, <<-`EXEC`] #comment
FOO #{literal}
FOO
BAR #{fact(10)}
BAR
BAZ indented
BAZ
echo hi
EXEC
puts herDocs
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/rust.rs
================================================
use core::rand::RngUtil;
fn main() {
for ["Alice", "Bob", "Carol"].each |&name| {
do spawn {
let v = rand::Rng().shuffle([1, 2, 3]);
for v.each |&num| {
print(fmt!("%s says: '%d'\n", name, num + 1))
}
}
}
}
fn map<T, U>(vector: &[T], function: &fn(v: &T) -> U) -> ~[U] {
let mut accumulator = ~[];
for vec::each(vector) |element| {
accumulator.push(function(element));
}
return accumulator;
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/sass.sass
================================================
// sass ace mode;
@import url(http://fonts.googleapis.com/css?family=Ace:700)
html, body
:background-color #ace
text-align: center
height: 100%
/*;*********;
;comment ;
;*********;
.toggle
$size: 14px
:background url(http://subtlepatterns.com/patterns/dark_stripes.png)
border-radius: 8px
height: $size
&:before
$radius: $size * 0.845
$glow: $size * 0.125
box-shadow: 0 0 $glow $glow / 2 #fff
border-radius: $radius
&:active
~ .button
box-shadow: 0 15px 25px -4px rgba(0,0,0,0.4)
~ .label
font-size: 40px
color: rgba(0,0,0,0.45)
&:checked
~ .button
box-shadow: 0 15px 25px -4px #ace
~ .label
font-size: 40px
color: #c9c9c9
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/scad.scad
================================================
// ace can highlight scad!
module Element(xpos, ypos, zpos){
translate([xpos,ypos,zpos]){
union(){
cube([10,10,4],true);
cylinder(10,15,5);
translate([0,0,10])sphere(5);
}
}
}
union(){
for(i=[0:30]){
# Element(0,0,0);
Element(15*i,0,0);
}
}
for (i = [3, 5, 7, 11]){
rotate([i*10,0,0])scale([1,1,i])cube(10);
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/scala.scala
================================================
// http://www.scala-lang.org/node/54
package examples.actors
import scala.actors.Actor
import scala.actors.Actor._
abstract class PingMessage
case object Start extends PingMessage
case object SendPing extends PingMessage
case object Pong extends PingMessage
abstract class PongMessage
case object Ping extends PongMessage
case object Stop extends PongMessage
object pingpong extends Application {
val pong = new Pong
val ping = new Ping(100000, pong)
ping.start
pong.start
ping ! Start
}
class Ping(count: Int, pong: Actor) extends Actor {
def act() {
println("Ping: Initializing with count "+count+": "+pong)
var pingsLeft = count
loop {
react {
case Start =>
println("Ping: starting.")
pong ! Ping
pingsLeft = pingsLeft - 1
case SendPing =>
pong ! Ping
pingsLeft = pingsLeft - 1
case Pong =>
if (pingsLeft % 1000 == 0)
println("Ping: pong from: "+sender)
if (pingsLeft > 0)
self ! SendPing
else {
println("Ping: Stop.")
pong ! Stop
exit('stop)
}
}
}
}
}
class Pong extends Actor {
def act() {
var pongCount = 0
loop {
react {
case Ping =>
if (pongCount % 1000 == 0)
println("Pong: ping "+pongCount+" from "+sender)
sender ! Pong
pongCount = pongCount + 1
case Stop =>
println("Pong: Stop.")
exit('stop)
}
}
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/scheme.scm
================================================
(define (prompt-for-cd)
"Prompts
for CD"
(prompt-read "Title" 1.53 1 2/4 1.7 1.7e0 2.9E-4 +42 -7 #b001 #b001/100 #o777 #O777 #xabc55 #c(0 -5.6))
(prompt-read "Artist")
(or (parse-integer (prompt-read "Rating") #:junk-allowed #t) 0)
(if x (format #t "yes") (format #f "no") ;and here comment
)
;; second line comment
'(+ 1 2)
(position-if-not char-set:whitespace line #:start beg))
(quote (privet 1 2 3))
'(hello world)
(* 5 7)
(1 2 34 5)
(#:use "aaaa")
(let ((x 10) (y 20))
(display (+ x y))
)
"asdad\0eqweqe"
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/scss.scss
================================================
/* style.scss */
#navbar {
$navbar-width: 800px;
$items: 5;
$navbar-color: #ce4dd6;
width: $navbar-width;
border-bottom: 2px solid $navbar-color;
li {
float: left;
width: $navbar-width/$items - 10px;
background-color: lighten($navbar-color, 20%);
&:hover {
background-color: lighten($navbar-color, 10%);
}
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/sh.sh
================================================
#!/bin/sh
# Script to open a browser to current branch
# Repo formats:
# ssh git@github.com:richo/gh_pr.git
# http https://richoH@github.com/richo/gh_pr.git
# git git://github.com/richo/gh_pr.git
username=`git config --get github.user`
get_repo() {
git remote -v | grep ${@:-$username} | while read remote; do
if repo=`echo $remote | grep -E -o "git@github.com:[^ ]*"`; then
echo $repo | sed -e "s/^git@github\.com://" -e "s/\.git$//"
exit 1
fi
if repo=`echo $remote | grep -E -o "https?://([^@]*@)?github.com/[^ ]*\.git"`; then
echo $repo | sed -e "s|^https?://||" -e "s/^.*github\.com\///" -e "s/\.git$//"
exit 1
fi
if repo=`echo $remote | grep -E -o "git://github.com/[^ ]*\.git"`; then
echo $repo | sed -e "s|^git://github.com/||" -e "s/\.git$//"
exit 1
fi
done
if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
echo "Couldn't find a valid remote" >&2
exit 1
fi
}
echo ${#x[@]}
if repo=`get_repo $@`; then
branch=`git symbolic-ref HEAD 2>/dev/null`
echo "http://github.com/$repo/pull/new/${branch##refs/heads/}"
else
exit 1
fi
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/sjs.sjs
================================================
var { each, map } = require('sjs:sequence');
var { get } = require('sjs:http');
function foo(items, nada) {
var component = { name: "Ace", role: "Editor" };
console.log("
Welcome, #{component.name}
".trim());
logging.debug(`Component added: $String(component) (${component})`);
console.log(`
Welcome, {${function() {
return { x: 1, y: "why?}"};
}()}
`.trim());
waitfor {
items .. each.par { |item|
get(item);
}
} and {
var lengths = items .. map(i -> i.length);
} or {
hold(1500);
throw new Error("timed out");
}
} // Real Tab.
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/smarty.smarty
================================================
{foreach $foo as $bar}
<a href="{$bar.zig}">{$bar.zag}</a>
<a href="{$bar.zig2}">{$bar.zag2}</a>
<a href="{$bar.zig3}">{$bar.zag3}</a>
{foreachelse}
There were no rows found.
{/foreach}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/snippets.snippets
================================================
# Function
snippet fun
function ${1?:function_name}(${2:argument}) {
${3:// body...}
}
# Anonymous Function
regex /((=)\s*|(:)\s*|(\()|\b)/f/(\))?/
name f
function${M1?: ${1:functionName}}($2) {
${0:$TM_SELECTED_TEXT}
}${M2?;}${M3?,}${M4?)}
# Immediate function
trigger \(?f\(
endTrigger \)?
snippet f(
(function(${1}) {
${0:${TM_SELECTED_TEXT:/* code */}}
}(${1}));
# if
snippet if
if (${1:true}) {
${0}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/soy_template.soy
================================================
/**
* Greets a person using "Hello" by default.
* @param name The name of the person.
* @param? greetingWord Optional greeting word to use instead of "Hello".
*/
{template .helloName #eee}
{if not $greetingWord}
Hello {$name}!
{else}
{$greetingWord} {$name}!
{/if}
{/template}
/**
* Greets a person and optionally a list of other people.
* @param name The name of the person.
* @param additionalNames The additional names to greet. May be an empty list.
*/
{template .helloNames}
// Greet the person.
{call .helloName data="all" /}<br>
// Greet the additional people.
{foreach $additionalName in $additionalNames}
{call .helloName}
{param name: $additionalName /}
{/call}
{if not isLast($additionalName)}
<br> // break after every line except the last
{/if}
{ifempty}
No additional people to greet.
{/foreach}
{/template}
{/foreach}
{if length($items) > 5}
{msg desc="Says hello to the user."}
{namespace ns autoescape="contextual"}
/** Example. */
{template .example}
foo is {$ij.foo}
{/template}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/space.space
================================================
query
count 10
created 2011-06-21T08:10:46Z
lang en-US
results
photo
0
farm 6
id 5855620975
isfamily 0
isfriend 0
ispublic 1
owner 32021554@N04
secret f1f5e8515d
server 5110
title 7087 bandit cat
1
farm 4
id 5856170534
isfamily 0
isfriend 0
ispublic 1
owner 32021554@N04
secret ff1efb2a6f
server 3217
title 6975 rusty cat
2
farm 6
id 5856172972
isfamily 0
isfriend 0
ispublic 1
owner 51249875@N03
secret 6c6887347c
server 5192
title watermarked-cats
3
farm 6
id 5856168328
isfamily 0
isfriend 0
ispublic 1
owner 32021554@N04
secret 0c1cfdf64c
server 5078
title 7020 mandy cat
4
farm 3
id 5856171774
isfamily 0
isfriend 0
ispublic 1
owner 32021554@N04
secret 7f5a3180ab
server 2696
title 7448 bobby cat
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/sparql.rq
================================================
PREFIX dbpedia-owl: <http://dbpedia.org/ontology/>
PREFIX rdfs: <http://www.w3.org/2000/01/rdf-schema#>
# 1. Directors of movies starring Brad Pitt
# Datasource: http://fragments.dbpedia.org/*/en
SELECT ?movie ?title ?name
WHERE {
?movie dbpedia-owl:starring [ rdfs:label "Brad Pitt"@en ];
rdfs:label ?title;
dbpedia-owl:director [ rdfs:label ?name ].
FILTER LANGMATCHES(LANG(?title), "EN")
FILTER LANGMATCHES(LANG(?name), "EN")
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/sql.sql
================================================
SELECT city, COUNT(id) AS users_count
FROM users
WHERE group_name = 'salesman'
AND created > '2011-05-21'
GROUP BY 1
ORDER BY 2 DESC
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/sqlserver.sqlserver
================================================
-- =============================================
-- Author: Morgan Yarbrough
-- Create date: 4/27/2015
-- Description: Test procedure that shows off language features.
-- Includes non-standard folding with region comments using either
-- line comments or block comments (both are demonstrated below).
-- This mode imitates SSMS and it designed to be used with SQL Server theme.
-- =============================================
CREATE PROCEDURE dbo.TestProcedure
--#region parameters
@vint INT = 1
,@vdate DATE = NULL
,@vdatetime DATETIME = DATEADD(dd, 1, GETDATE())
,@vvarchar VARCHAR(MAX) = ''
--#endregion
AS
BEGIN
/*#region set statements */
SET NOCOUNT ON;
SET XACT_ABORT ON;
SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER ON;
/*#endregion*/
/**
* These comments will produce a fold widget
*/
-- folding demonstration
SET @vint = CASE
WHEN @vdate IS NULL
THEN 1
ELSE 2
END
-- another folding demonstration
IF @vint = 1
BEGIN
SET @vvarchar = 'one'
SET @vint = DATEDIFF(dd, @vdate, @vdatetime)
END
-- this mode handles strings properly
DECLARE @sql NVARCHAR(4000) = N'SELECT TOP(1) OrderID
FROM Orders
WHERE @OrderDate > GETDATE()'
-- this mode is aware of built in stored procedures
EXECUTE sp_executesql @sql
-- demonstrating some syntax highlighting
SELECT Orders.OrderID
,Customers.CompanyName
,DATEFROMPARTS(YEAR(GETDATE()), 1, 1) AS FirstDayOfYear
FROM Orders
INNER JOIN Customers
ON Orders.CustomerID = Customers.CustomerID
WHERE CompanyName NOT LIKE '%something'
OR CompanyName IS NULL
OR CompanyName IN ('bla', 'nothing')
-- this mode includes snippets
-- place your cusor at the end of the line below and trigger auto complete (Ctrl+Space)
createpr
-- SQL Server allows using keywords as object names (not recommended) as long as they are wrapped in brackets
DATABASE -- keyword
[DATABASE] -- not a keyword
END
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/stylus.styl
================================================
// I'm a comment!
/*
* Adds the given numbers together.
*/
/*!
* Adds the given numbers together.
*/
asdasdasdad(df, ad=23)
add(a, b = a)
a + b
green(#0c0)
add(10, 5)
// => 15
add(10)
add(a, b)
&asdasd
(arguments)
@sdfsdf
.signatures
background-color #e0e8e0
border 1px solid grayLighter
box-shadow 0 0 3px grayLightest
border-radius 3px
padding 3px 5px
"adsads"
margin-left 0
list-style none
.signature
list-style none
display: inline
margin-left 0
> li
display inline
is not
.signature-values
list-style none
display inline
margin-left 0
&:before
content '→'
margin 0 5px
> li
!important
unless
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/swift.swift
================================================
import UIKit
class DetailsViewController: UIViewController {
var album: Album?
@IBOutlet weak var albumCover: UIImageView!
required init(coder aDecoder: NSCoder) {
super.init(coder: aDecoder)
}
override func viewDidLoad() {
super.viewDidLoad()
mLabel.text = self.album?.title && "Juhu \( "kinners" )! "
albumCover.image = UIImage(data: NSData(contentsOfURL: NSURL(string: self.album!.largeImageURL)!)!)
}
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/tcl.tcl
================================================
proc dijkstra {graph origin} {
# Initialize
dict for {vertex distmap} $graph {
dict set dist $vertex Inf
dict set path $vertex {}
}
dict set dist $origin 0
dict set path $origin [list $origin]
while {[dict size $graph]} {
# Find unhandled node with least weight
set d Inf
dict for {uu -} $graph {
if {$d > [set dd [dict get $dist $uu]]} {
set u $uu
set d $dd
}
}
# No such node; graph must be disconnected
if {$d == Inf} break
# Update the weights for nodes\
lead to by the node we've picked
dict for {v dd} [dict get $graph $u] {
if {[dict exists $graph $v]} {
set alt [expr {$d + $dd}]
if {$alt < [dict get $dist $v]} {
dict set dist $v $alt
dict set path $v [list {*}[dict get $path $u] $v]
}
}
}
# Remove chosen node from graph still to be handled
dict unset graph $u
}
return [list $dist $path]
}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/tex.tex
================================================
The quadratic formula is $$-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac} \over 2a$$
\bye
\makeatletter
\newcommand{\be}{%
\begingroup
% \setlength{\arraycolsep}{2pt}
\eqnarray%
\@ifstar{\nonumber}{}%
}
\newcommand{\ee}{\endeqnarray\endgroup}
\makeatother
\begin{equation}
x=\left\{ \begin{array}{cl}
0 & \textrm{if }A=\ldots\\
1 & \textrm{if }B=\ldots\\
x & \textrm{this runs with as much text as you like, but without an raggeright text
.}\end{array}\right.
\end{equation}
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/textile.textile
================================================
h1. Textile document
h2. Heading Two
h3. A two-line
header
h2. Another two-line
header
Paragraph:
one, two,
thee lines!
p(classone two three). This is a paragraph with classes
p(#id). (one with an id)
p(one two three#my_id). ..classes + id
* Unordered list
** sublist
* back again!
** sublist again..
# ordered
bg. Blockquote!
This is a two-list blockquote..!
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/toml.toml
================================================
# This is a TOML document. Boom.
title = "TOML Example"
[owner]
name = "Tom Preston-Werner"
organization = "GitHub"
bio = "GitHub Cofounder & CEO\nLikes tater tots and beer."
dob = 1979-05-27T07:32:00Z # First class dates? Why not?
[database]
server = "192.168.1.1"
ports = [ 8001, 8001, 8002 ]
connection_max = 5000
enabled = true
[servers]
# You can indent as you please. Tabs or spaces. TOML don't care.
[servers.alpha]
ip = "10.0.0.1"
dc = "eqdc10"
[servers.beta]
ip = "10.0.0.2"
dc = "eqdc10"
[clients]
data = [ ["gamma", "delta"], [1, 2] ] # just an update to make sure parsers support it
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/tsx.tsx
================================================
var mode = <div>
Typescript + <b> JSX </b>
</div>;
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/turtle.ttl
================================================
@base <http://example.org/> .
@prefix rdf: <http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#> .
@prefix rdfs: <http://www.w3.org/2000/01/rdf-schema#> .
@prefix foaf: <http://xmlns.com/foaf/0.1/> .
@prefix rel: <http://www.perceive.net/schemas/relationship/> .
<#green-goblin>
rel:enemyOf <#spiderman> ;
a foaf:Person ; # in the context of the Marvel universe
foaf:name "Green Goblin" .
<#spiderman>
rel:enemyOf <#green-goblin> ;
a foaf:Person ;
foaf:name "Spiderman", "Человек-паук"@ru .
================================================
FILE: demo/kitchen-sink/docs/twig.twig
================================================
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>My Webpage
{% if 1 not in [1, 2, 3] %}
{# is equivalent to #}
{% if not (1 in [1, 2, 3]) %}
{% autoescape true %}
{{ var }}
{{ var|raw }} {# var won't be escaped #}
{{ var|escape }} {# var won't be doubled-escaped #}
{% endautoescape %}
{{ include('twig.html', sandboxed = true) }}
{{"string #{with} \" escapes" 'another#one' }}